By AssociAte Professor Dr. engineer sAlAh AlkhAfAji

Fundamentals of Information Technology Hand Book English / Arabic

Fundamentals of Information Technology Hand Book English /Arabic Edition

By AssociAte Professor Dr. engineer sAlAh AlkhAfAji

Dr. Eng. Salah Alkhafaji, PhD

1


Table of Contents Chapter 1: Computers Hardware 1.1What is a COMPUTER 1.1.1Types of Computers 1.1.2The Computer Family tree 1.2. Computer Architecture 1.2.1Computer hardware 1.2.2Peripherals 1.2.3Digital Computers 1.2.4Analog Computers 1.2.5Numbering Systems 1.2.6Coding Systems 1.2.7Parity 1.2.8Floating point notation 1.3. The Computer Brain 1. 3.1. Control Unit 1. 3.2. Arithmetic Logic Unit 1.3.3. Register 1.3.4. System Clock 1.3.5. Instruction Se 1.3.6- CPU Compatibility 1.3.6.1- Downwardly compatible 1.3.6.2- CPU Sockets 1.3.6.3- Data Bus Width and Word Size 3.6.4-Word size 1. 3.6.5- Operation per Cycle 1.3.6.6- Complex & Reduced Instruction Sets 1.3.6.7- Math Coprocessors: 1.4. The MEMORY 1.4.1Random-Access Memory (RAM) 1.4.2Read-Only Memory (ROM) 1.4.3CMOS 1.4.3- Basic input output system (BIOS) 1.4.5Cache Memory 1.4.6Virtual Memory (VM) 1.5.System Bus & Expansion Bus 1.5.1- System Buses 1.5.2- Expansion Buses 1.6. Plug and play


2

1.


Chapter2: Storage Units 2.1- Storage devices characteristics 2.2- Formatting 2.3- . File Systems 2.4.Storage unit’s types: 2.4.1- Floppy Disks 2.4.2-Hard Disk 2.43- Removable Hard Disks 2.4.4- CD Discs & Drives 2.5- Storing Data in Files 2.5.1 Types of data files Chapter3: Input / Output devices 3.1- INPUT DEVICES: 3.1.1 Typing devices: Keyboards 3.1.2 Pointing devices 3.1.2.1Mouse 3.1.2.2Trackball 3.1.2.3 Track point 3.1.2.4 Touchpad 3.1.2.5 Joysticks 3.1.2.6 Touch-sensitive 3.1.2.7 Pen-based system 3.1.3 Scanners 3.1.4 Sound card 3.1.5 Microphones 3.2- OUTPUT DEVICES 3.2.1- display device 3.2.1.1 The CRT monitor 3.2.1.2 The liquid crystal display (LCD) monitor 3.2.1.3The gas plasma monitor 3.2.2 Printers: 3.2.2.1 Impact Printers: 3.2.2.2 Non-impact printers 3.2.3 Plotter 3.2.4 Speakers


3


Chapter 4: Systems and Application Software Model A SystemsSoftware 4.1- Operating System (O.S) 4.1.1- Managing Programs 4.1.2- Managing Memory 4.1.3- Handling Input & Output: 4.1.4- User interface: 4.2 Types of O.S 4.2.1 UNIX: 4.2.2 MSDOS: 4.2.3 Mac OS: For Macintosh PCs 4.2.4 Microsoft Windows 3.x: 4.2.5 Microsoft Windows NT: 4.2.6 Linux: 4.3 System Utilities Model B Application Software 4.4Applications software: 4.4.1 Programming Languages: 4.4.2 Special-purpose programs CH 5: Multimedia & Virtual reality 5.1 Multimedia: 5.2 Paint programs: 5.3 Image Editors 5.4 Drawing programs: 5.5 Animation Programs 5.6 Video Editor 5.7 Audio Software CH 6: Telecommunication& Network Model A: Telecommunication 6.1-Computer communications? 6.1.1- Telephone lines 6.1.2- Type of telephone 6.1.2.1 Local Exchange Carriers 6.1.2.2 Long-Distance Transmission Media 6.1.3- Wire Transmission: 6.1.3.1 Twisted pair: 6.1.3.2Coaxial cable: 6.1.3.3 Fiber-optic cable:


4


6.1.4- Wireless Transmission: 6.2 Infrared 6.3 Microwave station 6.4 - MODEMS: 6.4.1- Types of modems: 6.4.2- Asynchronous communication: 6.4.3- Modulation Protocols: 6.4.4- Fax: 6.4.5- Bandwidth: 6.5- Digital transmission systems: 6.5.1- Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN): 6.5.2 Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) or (ADSL) 6.5.3 SONET Model B: Computers Networks 6.6- Types of computer networks: 6.6.1 Local Area Network (LAN): 6.6.2 Metropolitan Area Network (MAN): 6.6.3 Wide Area Network (WAN): 6.7- Switching and Routing Techniques:. 6.7.1 Circuit Switching: 6.7.2 Packet switch: 6.8- Protocols 6.8.1-Network protocol layers 6.9- Network H/W: Network interface card (NIC) 6.10- Network communications technologies 6.11- Network connections: 6.11.1- peer-to-peer network(P2P) 6.11.2 Client-server networks: 6.11.3 Local Area network (LAN): 6.11.4 Wide area network (WAN): 6.12- Network Topologies: 6.12.1 Bus topology: 6.12.2 Star topology 6.12.3- Ring topology: 6.13- LAN protocols: 6.14- WAN Protocols:. 6.14.1- WAN application: 6.14.2- Point of Presence (POP): 6.14.3-Backbones:


5


Ch 7: The Internet (World Wide Web) & E-Commerce 7.1 The Internet 7.2 Hypermedia: 7.3- The Internet services 7.4- History of the Internet: 7.5- How the Internet Works 7.5.1- Access the Internet 7.5.2- connect to the Internet 7.5.3- Steps to Connect to the Internet 7.5.4- Internet protocol (IP) address 7.5.5- Domain name 7.5.6- The World Wide Web 7.5.7- The URL 7.6 The six basic types of Web pages 7.7- Electronic Commerce 7.7.1 Business to business(B-to-B or B2B): 7.7.2 Business to consumer(B-to-C or B2C): 7.7.3 Business to Government (B-to-G or B2G) 7.7.4 Government to Consumer (G-to-C or G2C) 7.7.5Consumer to consumer(C-to-C or C2C) 7.8 E-commerce features


6


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Only one name appears on the cover of this work, but a great many people have been indirectly involved in its production. Firstly, I would like to express my sincere gratitude to my assistant Mr Sriram , for his assistance and great efforts. My work has benefited from his insight and innumerable suggestions. I would also like to thank my family, Lamia, Ahmed, Ali, and Sama for their love and support,shared my worries and problems, and provided my mind and my soul with their worm and lovely care.

Dr. SALAH M. K. ALKHAFAJI, PhD


7


CH1 Computers Hardware (H/W)

1.1- What is a COMPUTER? ‫ﻣﺎ ھﻮ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ‬ •

CMPUTER: Electronic machine operating under the control of instructions stored in its own memory – Accepts data – Manipulates data – Produces results – Stores results ‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﯾﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺴﯿﻄﺮة واﻻدارة ﻋﻠﻰ ارﺑﻌﮫ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﺳﺎﺳﯿﮫ وذﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ﻣﻌﯿﻨﺔ‬

-

Input: accepting data that has been represented in a way the computer can use. ‫ادﺧﺎل اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺼﻮره ﯾﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ان ﯾﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﮭﺎ‬


8


-

Processing: performing arithmetic or comparison (Logical) operation on the represented data. ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺮﯾﺎﺿﯿﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﯿﺔ‬ Output: Displaying results. ‫اظﮭﺎر ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺎت‬

-

Storage: Storing results for later reuse.

-

‫ﺧﺰن اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬

Programs: A computer program is a list of instruction, written in a programming language, that tell the computer who to perform that four simple operation in order to accomplish a task ‫ﺑ ﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿ ﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﺒ ﺎره ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤ ﺎت ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑ ﺔ ﺑﺎﺣ ﺪى ﻟﻐ ﺎت اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠ ﺔ اﻟ ﺬي ﯾﻮﺟ ﮫ‬ . ‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﯿﻒ ﯾﻄﺒﻖ وﯾﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﯿﺎت اﻻرﺑﻌﮫ اﻋﻼه‬

Figure (1.1): Computer components

Why we use computer: 1234-

Increase Speed ‫زﯾﺎده ﺳﺮﻋﮫ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺎت‬ Reduce Costs ‫ﺗﻘﻠﯿﻞ اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﯿﻒ‬ Improve Quality ‫ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻦ اﻟﻨﻮﻋﯿﺔ‬ Storage and Retrieve Data‫ﺧﺰن واﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎع اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت‬


9

‫‪Fundamentals of Information Technology Hand Book‬‬ ‫‪English / Arabic‬‬

‫‪1.1.1- Types of Computers:‬‬ ‫‪- Micro Computers‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻮاﺳﯿﺐ اﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮة او اﻟﺪﻗﯿﻘﺔوھﻲ اﻟﺘﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت اﻟﺪﻗﯿﻘ ﺔ ‪،‬وھ ﻲ اﺻ ﻐﺮ اﻧ ﻮاع‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎت ﺣﺠﻤﺎ واﻛﺜﺮھﺎ ﺷﯿﻮﻋﺎ وﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻮاﺳﯿﺐ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ‬ ‫‪-Work-Station:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻄ ﺎت اﻟﻌﻤ ﻞ ‪،‬وﺗﺴ ﻤﻰ اﺣﯿﺎﻧ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻮاﺳ ﯿﺐ اﻟﻤﺼ ﻐﺮة اﻟﻜﺒﯿ ﺮة‪.‬وﺗﺘﻤﯿ ﺰ ﺑﺴ ﺮﻋﺘﮭﺎ اﻟﻔﺎﺋﻘ ﺔ‬ ‫وذواﻛﺮ ذات ﺳﻌﮫ ﻛﺒﯿﺮة‬ ‫‪-Mini Computers:‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻮاﺳ ﯿﺐ اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔﺗﺸ ﻜﻞ ﻧﻮﻋ ﺎ وﺳ ﻄﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺠ ﻢ اﻟﺤﻮاﺳ ﯿﺐ وطﺎﻗﺘﮭ ﺎ وﺗﺴ ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓ ﻲ‬ ‫اﻻﻋﻤﺎل اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﯾﺔ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮة اﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪة‬ ‫‪- Mainframes:‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻮاﺳﯿﺐ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮةﻛﺒﯿﺮة وﻗﻮﯾﺔ وﺳ ﺮﯾﻌﺔ وﻏﺎﻟﯿ ﺔ اﻟ ﺜﻤﻦ ‪،‬ﺗﺨ ﺪم ﻣﺌ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﺨﺪﻣﯿﻦ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻗﺖ وﺗﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﻼﯾﯿﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﮫ اﻟﻮاﺣﺪه‬ ‫‪-Super Computers:‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻮاﺳ ﯿﺐ اﻟﻌﻤﻼﻗ ﺔھﻲ اﺳ ﺮع اﻧ ﻮاع اﻟﺤﻮاﺳ ﯿﺐ وﺗﻨﻔ ﺬ ﺑﻼﯾ ﯿﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤ ﺎت ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة وﻏﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﺟﺪا‬

‫ﺷﺠﺮة ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ‪1.1.2- The computer family tree‬‬ ‫‪1- First generation: In 1950s used vacuum tubes, and difficult to‬‬ ‫‪programmed, used only machine language‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠﯿﻞ اﻷول وﻛﺎن ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻷﻧﺎﺑﯿﺐ اﻟﻤﻔﺮﻏﺔ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺨﻤﺴ ﯿﻨﯿﺎت‪ ،‬ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺼ ﻌﺐ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺘﮭ ﺎ ﻓﻘ ﻂ ﺗﺴ ﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪2- Second generation: early 1960s used transistor, was easier to program‬‬ ‫‪using high level languages‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪاﯾﮫ اﻟﺴﺘﯿﻨﯿﺎت اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ اﻟﺘﺮاﻧﺰﺳﺘﻮر وﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻐﺎت اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ ذات اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫‪3- Third generation: mid 1960s-mid 1970s used integrated circuits (SSI,‬‬ ‫‪MSI, LSI), timesharing, minicomputer‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ اﻟﺴﺘﯿﻨﺎت وﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ اﻟﺴﺒﻌﯿﻨﺎت ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺪواﺋﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪4- Fourth generation: mid-1970s to present used VLSI and‬‬ ‫‪microprocessor, personal computers, networks, LANs.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺼ ﻒ اﻟﺴ ﺒﻌﯿﻨﺎت وﻟﺤ ﺪ اﻻن اﺳ ﺘﺨﺪم اﻟ ﺪواﺋﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠ ﮫ اﻟﻤﻮﺳ ﻊ واﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ اﻟ ﺪﻗﯿﻖ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﻮاﺳﯿﺐ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪Dr. Eng. Salah Alkhafaji, PhD‬‬


1.2-Computer architecture:‫ﻣﻌﻤﺎرﯾﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬ A computer includes hardware (CPU, input devices, output devices, memory, etc) and software (operating system, application programs) ‫ ﻧﻈ ﺎم ﺗﺸ ﻐﯿﻠﻲ‬،‫ وﺣ ﺪات اﻻدﺧ ﺎل واﻻﺧ ﺮاج‬، ‫ اﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮة‬،‫اﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﻮب ﯾﺘﻜ ﻮن ﻣ ﻦ وﺣ ﺪه اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﯾ ﺔ‬ ‫وﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻘﺎت‬ 1.2.1- Computer hardware: ‫ﻋﺘﺎد اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬ 1.2.1.1 System Unit: ‫وﺣ ﺪة اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم وﺗﺤﺘ ﻮي ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ اﻟ ﺪﻗﯿﻖ أو وﺣ ﺪة اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﯾ ﺔ واﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﺴ ﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫ﻟﺨﺰن اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ واﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺼﻮره ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ وﻣﻌﺪات اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﮫ أﺧﺮى ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻼت أﻗ ﺮاص اﻟﺨ ﺰن‬ ‫ووﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﻨﻘﻞ )اﻟﺒﺎﺻﺎت( وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ‬ Includes the following ‫وﺣﺪه اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ‬ o CPU (central processing unit): the circuitry that processes the data, today we call it o Microprocessor (a complex electronic circuit fabricated on a chip of silicon). ‫وﺣﺪه اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﯾﺔ وھﻲ اﻟ ﺪاﺋﺮة اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺴ ﻮؤﻟﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠ ﮫ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧ ﺎت وﺗﺴ ﻤﻰ اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ‬ . ‫اﻟﺪﻗﯿﻖ واﻟﺘﻲ ھﻲ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ دواﺋﺮ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺪه ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺐ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﯿﻠﯿﻜﻮن‬ Memory: The circuitry that store information temporarily. ‫اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة وھﻲ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﻮؤﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺧﺰن اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت واﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﺑﺼﻮره ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ‬ 1.2.1.2 Input devices I/p: such as (keyboard, mouse, microphone, scanner, etc) 1.2.1.3 Output devices o/p: such as (screen, printer, plotter, speakers, etc) 1.2.14 ther electronic devices ( controller, Buss, etc) ‫ﻣﻌﺪات اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﮫ وﻛﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ أﺧﺮى‬ 1.2.2-Peripherals: ‫اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎت وھﻲ ﻛ ﻞ اﻟﻤﻌ ﺪات واﻷﺟﮭ ﺰة اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻣﻮﺟ ﻮدة ﺣ ﻮل اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ واﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮة ﻣﺜ ﻞ وﺣ ﺪات‬ ‫اﻹدﺧﺎﻟﻮاﻹﺧﺮاج‬ All the additional hardware components grouped around the CPU and the memory. These are I/O devices (input, output devices), storage devices, and communication devices. As shown in figure (1.2)


11


The system unit is the case that houses the computer main components including the CPU and the memory. Also includes the following: ‫وﺣﺪه اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ھﻲ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق اﻟﺬي ﯾﺤﺘﻮي ﻣﻌﺪات اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬

Figure (1.2): System Unit and its peripherals

 Power supply: this component transfer alternating current into the direct current needed for the computer operation. ‫ﻣﺠﮭﺰ اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‬  Ports: are receptacle that enables you to plug in peripherals such as a printers, keyboard, and mouse to the connectors. ‫وﺣﺪات اﻟﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ ﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬ ‫اﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬  Mother board: (main board) this is a large printed circuit board, a flat piece of plastic or fiber-glass to which complex patterns of copper pathways link the semiconductors chips, including the microprocessor and the memory chips


12


‫( ﻣﺳﺗطﯾﻠﺔ‬pcb = printed circiut borad)‫ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺑﺎرة ﻋن ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﻛﺗروﻧﯾﺔ ﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ‬:‫اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ اﻷم‬

، ‫ ﺗﺣﺗوي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﺳﻣﺗﻌددة وذﻟك ﻟﺗوﺻﯾل ﺟﻣﯾﻊ أﺟزاء اﻟﺣﺎﺳب ﺑﺎﻟﻠوﺣﺔ‬، ‫اﻟﺷﻛل و أﺣﯾﺎﻧﺎ ﻣرﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﺷﻛل‬

.‫ﻛﻣﺎ أﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻘوم ﺑوﺻل ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻷﺟزاءﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﺎ وﺗﻧظم اﻟﻌﻣل وﻧﻘل اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﯾﻣﺎ ﺑﯾﻧﻬﺎ‬  Expansion slots: are receptacles designed to fit expansion boards (adapter cards) ‫اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﯿﮭﺎ اﻟﻜﺎرﺗﺎن اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿﺔ‬

Figure (1.3): Mother Board&Expansion cards

 Drive bays: to accommodate the computers floppy disk drive, CDROM, DVD-ROM, and etc. ‫ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﻣﺸﻐﻼت اﻷﻗﺮاص اﻟﺨﺰ ﻧﯿﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻘﺮص‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻠﺐ واﻟﻤﺮن واﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮطﺔ‬ Computers used code to represent characters (letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols). 1.2.3- Digital computers: Represent data as digit. In electronic computers digits can be represented in high-power circuit (1) and a low- power circuit (0) ‫ﺣﺎﺳﺒﺎت رﻗﻤﯿﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻷرﻗﺎم ﻟﺘﻤﺜﯿﻞ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت وذﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﯾﻠﮭﺎ إﻟﻰ أرﻗﺎم ﺛﻨﺎﺋﯿﺔ ﺛﻢ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﮭﺎ‬ .‫داﺧﻞ وﺣﺪه اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﯾﺔ ﻣﺜﺎل ذﻟﻚ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ اﻟﺬي ﻧﻘﺘﻨﯿﮫ‬


13


1.2.4- Analog computers: Use a continuously variable scale such as mercury in a thermometer to measure an ongoing process; they are used in scientific labs and commercial devices such as computerized bas pumps. ‫ﺣﺎﺳﺒﺎت ﺗﺴ ﺘﺨﺪم اﻹﺷ ﺎرة اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﯿ ﺔ أو اﻟﻘﯿﺎﺳ ﯿﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻮﺳ ﻂ اﻟﺨ ﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺸ ﻜﻞ ﻣﺴ ﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺜ ﻞ درﺟ ﺎت‬ ‫ﺣﯿ ﺚ أن ھ ﺬا اﻟﻨ ﻮع ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺒﺎت ﺗﻘ ﻮم ﺑﻌﻤﻠﯿ ﺎت ﻗﯿ ﺎس وﻣﻘﺎرﻧ ﮫ ﺑ ﯿﻦ‬، ‫اﻟﺤ ﺮارة واﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ اﻟﺠ ﻮي‬ ‫اﻟﺪرﺟﺔ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿﺔ ودرﺟﮫ ﻣﺨﺰﻧﮫ ﻓﯿﮭﺎ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‬ 1.2.5- Numbering systems ‫اﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﯿﺔ‬ Every number system has a base also called radix like decimal numbers have a base of 10 (from 0 to 9). The Binary numbers ‫ أرﻗﺎم ﺛﻨﺎﺋﯿﺔ‬are the numbers that represent information in computer by means of two state called binary digits (Bit for short). A bit is the smallest unit of information that a computer can work with. ‫اﻟﺒﺖ ھﻲ اﺻﻐﺮ وﺣﺪه ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﮭﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬ Binary numbers are difficult to work with because so many digits are required to represent even small numbers ( decimal 14 is 1110 binary)also it’s tedious to translate binary numbers into their decimal equivalents. That’s why the programmers like to translate binary number into hexadecimal numbers (hex). Hexadecimal numbers: A numbering system with base of 16 (use symbols 0 through 9 and A through F to make total of 16 symbols). 1.2.6- Coding Systems ‫ﻧﻈﻢ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﯿﺰ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﯿﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺒﺎت ﺗﺴ ﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﻈ ﻢ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﯿ ﺰ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﯿ ﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﯿ ﻞ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧ ﺎت وھ ﺬه اﻟ ﻨﻈﻢ ﺻ ﻤﻤﺖ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ آي ﺑﻲ أم‬ Computers usually use a character code ‫ رﻣﺰ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬that can translate between the numerical word of the computer, and the letters, numbers, and symbols. The most widely used character code is the American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII) which is used in microcomputers and personal computers? IBM mainframe computers and some other systems use a different code called Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code (EBCDIC). Originally ASCII & EBCDIC used a total of 7 bits to represent characters which is enough to encode 128 characters (numbers 0-9, letters A-Z and few punctuation symbols) only for English-speaking users. Both IBM


14


&Apple expanded the amount of space reserved for character code to 8bits (Byte) but this extended character sets are not standardized; Macintosh is differ. ‫ وﺣﺪات ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﮫ أي ﺑﻲ أم‬8 ‫ وﺣﺪات وطﻮر اﻟﻰ‬7 ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺪاﯾﺔ ﻛﺎن ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺮﻣﯿﺰ ﻣﻜﻮن‬ Unicode ‫ وﺣﺪه ﻟﯿﺸﻤﻞ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ أﺣﺮف وأرﻗﺎم ورﻣﻮز اﻟﻠﻐﺎت‬16 ‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺮﻣﯿﺰ اﻟﻤﻮﺣﺪ وﯾﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬ It’s a new character code that solves the problem of the foreign languages symbols by expanding the number of available bits to 16. Because 16 bit is enough to code more than 65,000 characters.

1.2.7- Parity ‫اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻼﻟﺘﻜﺎﻓﺆ أو‬ ‫وھﻮ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪث ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﯿﺰ ﯾﮫ‬ No matter which coding system is used to represent characters in the computer’s memory the code must be stored correctly in order to avoid errors, an additional bit is add to each character code called parity code. If one of the bits in the code has been changed due to a storage error, the computer generates a parity error.


15


1.2.8- Floating-point notation ‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﺰ اﻟﻜﺴﻮر واﻷرﻗﺎم اﻟﻐﯿﺮ اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﺔ‬ A character code that represent numbers with fractional points (1.25) or large numbers, the computer use floating point notation which is not a fixed number of digits before or after the decimal point. The floating point notation required special processing circuitry provided in a separate unit called floating point unit (FPU).

1.3-THE COMPUTER BRAIN (CPU) ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﺪﻗﯿﻖ )وﺣﺪه‬ (‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﯾﺔ‬ Central Processing Unit isthe element of a computer that determines its performance it contain two subcomponents, the control unit ‫)وﺣﺪة‬ (‫اﻟﺴﯿﻄﺮة‬and the arithmetic-logic unit (ALU) ( ‫)وﺣﺪة اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﺮﯾﺎﺿﯿﺔ واﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﯿﺔ‬

‫ ﯾﺴ ﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻻواﻣﺮوﯾﻌﺎﻟﺠﮭ ﺎ وﯾﻌﻄﯿﻨ ﺎ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﮭ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺷ ﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت‬، ‫ ھﻮ اﻟﻌﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﺪﺑﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳ ﻮب‬: ‫ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﺣﯿﺔ اﻟﻌﺘﺎدﯾﺔ ھﻮﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ وﺧﻔﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻮزن ﯾﺨﺮج ﻣ ﻦ أﺳ ﻔﻠﮭﺎ ﻋ ﺪد ﻣ ﻦ اﻻﺑ ﺮ‬، ‫ﻧﺴﺘﻔﯿﺪ ﻣﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫(اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﺤﻠﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼ ﺎل ﻣ ﻊ ﻣﻘ ﺒﺲ اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﺔ اﻻم وذﻟ ﻚ ﻟﺘﺒ ﺎدل اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧ ﺎت ﺑﯿﻨﮭ ﻮﺑﯿﻦ‬pins) ‫ ﯾﺘﻜ ﻮن ﻓ ﻲ اﻻﺻ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻼﯾ ﯿﻦ اﻟﺘﺮاﻧﺰﺳ ﺘﻮرات اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺷﺮﯾﺤﺔﺻ ﻐﯿﺮة ﺟ ﺪا ﻣ ﻦ‬، ‫اﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﺔ اﻷم‬ ‫ وھﺬه اﻟﺸﺮﯾﺤﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺼﻨ ّﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻏﻼﻓﺎﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ )اﻟﻘﻄﻌ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌ ﺔ ( او داﺧﻠﮭ ﺎ‬، ‫اﻟﺴﻠﯿﻜﻮن‬ .‫وذﻟﻚ ﻻﯾﺼﺎﻟﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮن أﺳﻔﻞ ﻏﻼﻓﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬


16


‫‪CPU‬‬

‫‪Figure (1.4): The CPU‬‬

‫ﯾﺗﻛون اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻣن ﻋدد ﻣن اﻟوﺣدات اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪CPU Components:‬‬ ‫‪1.3.1 Control Unit: Also called processing device:‬‬ ‫‪It coordinates and control all the parts of computer system, it manages‬‬ ‫‪four basic operations as shown in Figure (2).these four operations are:‬‬ ‫وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ واﻟﺴﯿﻄﺮة‪ (cu=control unit) :‬وھ ﻲ اﻟﻮﺣﺪةاﻟﻤﺴ ﺆوﻟﺔ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟ ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻤﺴ ﯿﺮ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧ ﺎت داﺧ ﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ وﺗﻨﺴﯿﻖ ﺗﺒﺎدﻟﮭﺎ ﺑﯿﻦ أﺟﺰاء اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎﻟﺪاﺧﻠﯿ ﺔ ‪ ،‬طﺒﻌ ﺎ ھ ﺬه اﻟﻮﺣ ﺪة ھ ﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋﻤ ﻞ اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﮭﻲ ﺿﺮورﯾﺔ اﻟﻮﺟﻮدﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ أﻧﮭﺎ ﺟﺰء ﻻ ﯾﺘﺠﺰأ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ وﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﻮﯾﺮھﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫وﺣ ﺪة اﻻﺗﺼ ﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﻗ ﻞ ‪ (bus interface unit) :‬وھ ﻲ اﻟﻮﺣ ﺪةاﻟﺘﻲ ﺗ ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻘ ﻞ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧ ﺎت ﺑ ﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫واﻻﻋﻀ ﺎء اﻻﺧ ﺮى اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳ ﻮب ‪ ،‬وﺧﺎﺻ ﺔاﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﻌﺸ ﻮاﺋﯿﺔ ‪ ،‬أي أﻧﮭ ﺎ ﺗ ﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﺴ ﯿﺮ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧ ﺎت ﺑ ﯿﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ واﻷﺟﺰاء اﻷﺧﺮ ﻠﻠﺤﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1- Fetch: Getting the next program instruction from the‬‬ ‫‪computer’s memory.‬‬ ‫ﯾﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺑﺠﻠﺐ اﻻواﻣﺮ اﻟﻤﺮاد ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬھﺎ واﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﯿﺔ‬ ‫‪2- Decode: Figuring out what the programis telling the‬‬ ‫‪computer what to do.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ أن ﺟﻠﺐ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻻواﻣﺮ ﻓﺎﻧﮫ ﯾﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﯿﺬ ھﺬھﺎﻻواﻣﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3- Execution: Performing the requested action. Such as‬‬ ‫‪adding two numbers.‬‬ ‫ﯾﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻻواﻣﺮوﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﮭﺎاﻟﻰ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﯿﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4- Write-Back (Store): Writing the result to an internal‬‬ ‫‪register or memory.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺰن اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ أﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺠﻼت اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ أو ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬

‫‪17‬‬



Figure (1.5): machine cycle or processing cycle

The four processes are called the machine cycle or processing cycle and consist of two phases:  The instruction cycle or instruction time (I-time),which represented by the fetch and decode processes.  The execution cycle or execution time (E-time), which represented by the execution and store or write-back processes. 1.3.2 Arithmetic logic unit (ALU): The unit that performs arithmetic and logical operations. The ALU is a fundamental building block of the central processing unit(CPU) of a computer, and even the simplest microprocessors contain one for purposes such as maintaining timers. The processors found inside modern CPUs and graphics processing units (GPUs) accommodate very powerful and very complex ALUs; a single component may contain a number of ALUs. ‫وﺣﺪة ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﺮﯾﺎﺿﯿﺎت واﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﯿﺔاﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ أﻋﺪاد ﺻ ﺤﯿﺤﺔ ﻻ‬: ‫ وﺣﺪة اﻷﻋﺪاد اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﺔ‬- ‫أ‬ word ‫ ﺗﺴ ﺘﺨﺪم ھ ﺬه اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿ ﺎت ﻓﯿﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻘ ﺎت اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﯿ ﺔ اﻻﺑﻌ ﺎد ﻣﺜ ﻞ‬، ‫ﺗﺤﺘ ﻮي ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻓﺎﺻ ﻠﺔ ﻋﺸ ﺮﯾﺔ‬ ‫ أﯾ ﺄن ھ ﺬه اﻟﻮﺣ ﺪة ﺗﺴ ﺘﺨﺪم ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻘ ﺎت‬، ‫وﻣﻌﻈﻢ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﮭﺎ‬,powerpoint .‫ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ھﻲ ﻣﮭﻤﺔ ﺟﺪا ﻻﻧﻤﻌﻈﻢ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﮭﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬، ‫اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﯿﺔ اﻻﺑﻌﺎد‬ ‫( ﺗﻘﻮﻣﺒﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠ ﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿ ﺎت اﻟﺤﺴ ﺎﺑﯿﺔ‬fpu=floating point unit) : ‫ وﺣ ﺪة اﻟﻔﺎﺻ ﻠﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﺋﻤ ﺔ‬- ‫ب‬ ‫ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ھﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻼﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ھ ﺬا اﻟﻨ ﻮع ﻣ ﻦ‬، ‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻮي ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﺸﺮﯾﺔ‬ ، autocad ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿ ﺎت اﻟﺤﺴ ﺎﺑﯿﺔ ﻣﺜ ﻞ اﻻﻟﻌ ﺎب اﻟﺜﻼﺛﯿ ﺔاﻻﺑﻌﺎد وﺑ ﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺼ ﻤﯿﻢ اﻟﮭﻨﺪﺳ ﻲ ﻣﺜ ﻞ‬ ‫أﺻﺒﺤﺖ ھﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﮭﻤﺔ ﺟﺪا ﻓﻲ أﯾﺎﻣﻨﺎھﺬه ﻧﻈﺮا ﻻن اﻻﻟﻌﺎب اﻟﺤﺪﯾﺜﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤ ﺪ ﻓ ﻲ ﺳ ﺮﻋﺘﮭﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬


18


‫ھ ﺬه اﻟﻮﺣ ﺪة ‪ .‬ﺣ ﺪﯾﺜﺎ ﻗﺎﻣ ﺖ اﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺎت اﻟﻤﺼ ﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ ﺎت اﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ ﺑﻮﺿ ﻊ ﻣﺴ ﺮع ﯾﻘ ﻮم ﺑﺘﺨﻔﯿ ﻒ‬ ‫اﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎد ﻋﻠ ﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﻟﻌﺎب اﻟﺤﺪﯾﺜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1.3.3 Registers: Small temporary storages locations in the CPU‬‬ ‫‪.2‬اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻼت ‪ :‬ذواﻛﺮ ﺻﻐﯿﺮة ﺟﺪا وﺳﺮﯾﻌﺔ ﺟﺪا ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﻮذﻟﻚ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ اﻻرﻗﺎم اﻟﻤﺮاد‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﮭﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺤﺴﺎب و اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺣﯿﺚ أﻧﮫ ﻻ ﯾﺘﻤﺘﻨﻔﯿﺬ أي ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻻ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻄﯿﺎﺗﮭ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻼت ﻟﺤ ﯿﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﯿ ﺬھﺎ‪ .‬طﺒﻌﺎاﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻼت ذواﻛ ﺮ ﻣﺆﻗﺘ ﺔ )‪ ، (ram‬ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨ ﻮع‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﯿﻜﻲ )‪ ، (sram=static ram‬وھﺬا ھﻮ اﻟﺴﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻮﻧﮭ ﺎ ﺳ ﺮﯾﻌﺔ ﺟ ﺪا ‪ ،‬ﺣﯿ ﺚ أﻧﮭ ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘ ﺎج‬ ‫اﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺪل اﻧﻌﺎش ) اﻻﻧﻌﺎش ھﻮ اﻋ ﺎدة ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺔاﻻﺷ ﺎرة اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿ ﺔ "اﻟﺘ ﻲ ھ ﻲ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧ ﺎت" ‪ ،‬واﻻ ﻓ ﺈن‬ ‫اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﺳﺘﻔﻘﺪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎﺗﮭﺎ ‪ ،‬وھﺬھﺎﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ ﺗﺒﻄﻰء اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬ ‫‪ an electronic circuit that generate pulse at a‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ‪1.3.4 System Clock:‬‬ ‫‪rapid rate to control every event happened in the computer, measured in‬‬ ‫‪millions of cycles per second (MHZ).‬‬ ‫‪The processor‘s clock rate is called its clock speed and the dingle beat‬‬ ‫‪of the clock is called a clock tick.‬‬ ‫‪• Clock speed: electronic pulses affecting machine cycle time‬‬ ‫‪– Hertz: one cycle (pulse) per second‬‬ ‫‪– Megahertz (MHz): millions of cycles per second‬‬ ‫‪• Microcode: internal, predefined elementary operations in a CPU‬‬

‫‪Figure (3): Clock speed a faster clock speed means that more microcode‬‬ ‫‪instruction can be executed in a given time period‬‬

‫طﺒﻌ ﺎ ﺳ ﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ ﻟﮭ ﺎ أﺛ ﺮ ﻛﺒﯿ ﺮ ﻓ ﻲ ﺳ ﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺤﺼ ﻮل ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻧﺘ ﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤ ﺎت ‪ ،‬وﺗﻘﺎﺳﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﯿﺠﺎھﯿﺮﺗﺰ )‪ ، (mhz=mega hertz‬واﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻟﮫ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﯿﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫أ ‪ -‬اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﯿﺔ ‪ (internal clock) :‬وھﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺒﺎدﻻﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧ ﺎت داﺧ ﻞ اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ ‪) ،‬أي ﻋ ﺪد اﻟﻨﺒﻀ ﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ أن ﺗﺼﺪرھﺎ أي وﺣﺪة داﺧﻼﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫ب ‪ -‬اﻟﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿ ﺔ ‪ (external clock) :‬واﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﺴ ﻤﻰ ‪ system bus‬وھ ﻲ ﺳ ﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺒ ﺎدل اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧ ﺎت‬ ‫ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ وﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﺴﺎوث طﺒﻌﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﯿﺔ واﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿﺔ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻰء ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﮫ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪم اﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬

‫‪19‬‬



، ‫ﯾﻀﺎﻓﻌﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻤﯿﺰات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺰﯾ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺳ ﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ دون اﻟﺤﺎﺟ ﺔ اﻟ ﻰ زﯾ ﺎدة اﻟﺴ ﺮﻋﺔﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬ : ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﯿﺰات‬ 1.3.5-Instruction Set: ‫ﻣﺠﺎ ﻣﯿﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت‬ Every processor has a fix set of operations; each of these operations has its own unique numbers called an instruction set. ‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ دﻗﯿﻖ ﻣﺠﺎ ﻣﯿﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﮫ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻐﺮض ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻷواﻣﺮ واﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﯿﺎت‬ 1.3.6- CPU COMPATIBLITY ‫ﺗﻮاﻓﻘﯿﮫ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‬ The programs written for apple Macintosh will not run on an IBM PC because they are not compatible. So compatibly is that a program that can run on a given computer is compatible with that computer processor. ‫ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻨﻔﯿﺬي ﻣﻊ أواﻣﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬ Physical Characteristics of the CPU • Digital circuits on chips ‫دواﺋﺮ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﮫ رﻗﻤﯿﺔ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﺒﻨﯿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮاﺋﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎدة‬ ‫اﻟﺴﯿﻠﯿﻜﻮن‬ • Electrical current flows through silicon

Moore’s Law - transistor density of chips will double every 18 months

Figure (1.6) Moore’s law


20


1.3.6.1- Downwardly compatible: A chip can run the programs designed to run with earlier chips. ‫اﻟﺘﻮاﻓﻖ اﻟﺘﺮاﺟﻌﻲ أي ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ﻣﺼﻤﻤﮫ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت ﻗﺪﯾﻤﮫ‬ 1.3.6.2- CPU Sockets: Microprocessors are designed to fit into a socket on the motherboard, A variety of socket design are available ‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺎر أﻻم‬ 1- Zero-force insertion(ZIF) enables you to place the CPU on the socket without press 2- Single-edge contact (SEC) is designed to accept a processor module with heat sink, fan, and additional component. Some motherboards have upgrade socket that enable you to add upgrade processor. 1.3.6.3- Data Bus Width and Word Size ‫ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﺒﺎص اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ أو ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬ The first element that determines a CPU’s speed is its data bus width, which is measured in bits (8, 16, 32, or 64). 1.3.6.4-Word size: ‫ وھﻲ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺒﺖ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ‬:‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻮاﺣﺪ‬ Is the number of bits tat the computer can work with at a time (a 16-bit CPU works with a 16-bit word size).all the component of the computer are connected by a data bus which is a highway of parallel wires, the bus is a pathway for the electronic impulses that form Bytes. The more lanes this highway has, the faster data can travel.

1.3.6.5- Operation per Cycle The number of operations per clock tick (one pulse of the system clock) also affects performance of the computer. ‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ أﻟﻮا ﺣﺪه‬ Any CPU that can execute more than one instruction per clock is called superscalar, and its design is called a superscalar architecture. Today’s fastest CPU such as Pentium II, use this architecture. Pipelining: is a processing technique that feeds a new instruction into the CPU at every step of the processing cycle. So that four or more instructions are worked on simultaneously.


21


‫ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ وﺑﺼﻮره ﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ‬

Parallel processing or multiprocessing: is using more than one CPU at the same time. ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺠﮭﺎز‬ • Speeds processing by linking hundreds and even thousands of processors to operate at the same time • Can coordinate large amounts of data and access them with greater speed

Figure (1.7)Multiprocessing


22


1.3.6.6- Complex and Reduced Instruction Set Computing •

Complex instruction set computing (CISC) - places as many microcode instructions into the central processor as possible, such as Motorola 68040 or Intel Pentium. Advantages 1- provides programmers with many instructions ‫ﯾﺰود اﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﯾﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت‬ 2- High speed of execution ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﺴﺮ ﻋﮫ‬ 3- Makes programmer’s job easier ‫ﯾﺴﮭﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ‬ Disadvantages 1- Complex ‫ﻣﻌﻘﺪ‬ 2- Expensive ‫ﻏﺎﻟﻲ‬ 3- Run hot because they consume so current ‫ﯾﻮﻟﺪ ﺣﺮارة ﻻﺳﺘﮭﻼﻛﮫ ﻟﻠﺘﯿﺎر‬ ‫اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬

•

Reduced instruction set computing (RISC) - involves reducing the number of microcode instructions built into a chip to an essential set of common microcode instructions, these chips are less complex, less expensive to produce, and more efficient in power usage

1.3.6.7- Math Coprocessors: ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﺮﯾﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ‬ Is a separate chip that could be added to a computer system to increase mathematics operations, in the newest microprocessor the math coprocessor is included in the microprocessor design. ‫أﻻن اﺻﺒﺢ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﺪﻗﯿﻖ ﻟﮫ ھﺬه اﻟﺨﺎﺻﯿﺔ‬، ‫وﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻐﺮض اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﺮﯾﺎﺿﯿﺔ‬


23


1.4 The MEMORY

‫اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬

Memories are a high performance electronic circuits (semiconductors) used to store information and data, you will find memory circuits through out the computer system. For example, most printers have memory; on the mother board you’ll find additional memory chips and even small amount of the memory on the microprocessor itself. ‫ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ أﺷﺒﺎه اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼت ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺨﺰن اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت‬،‫دواﺋﺮ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ اﻷداء واﻟﻜﻔﺎءة وﻏﺎﻟﯿﺔ اﻟﺜﻤﻦ‬ ‫واﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت وﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺰوده ﻟﻜﺎﻓﮫ أﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ وﻣﻨﮭﺎ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎت وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ‬ The term Byte (B) is used to describe memory capacity ‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺑﺎﯾﺖ ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻛﻮﺣﺪة ﻗﯿﺎس ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﺬ واﻛﺮ ووﺣﺪات اﻟﺨﺰن ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﯿﻦ‬

Table: 1.1: Memory capacity


24


Types of memory ‫اﻧﻮ أع أﻟﺬ واﻛﺮ‬

Figure (1.8): Types of Memory

1.4.1- Random-Access Memory (RAM) ‫ذاﻛﺮة اﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ أو اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬ Is considered as the main memory of a computer. It is a high speed memory where the processor can store and retrieve the programs and data it is using, no processor could function without this memory. ‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮذاﻛﺮة رام اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ وﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮة ﻣﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﺪﻗﯿﻖ‬

Figure (1.9): The RAM

Characteristics:


25


‫ذاﻛﺮة ﻗﺮاءة ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ Read write memory‬‬ ‫وﺻﻮل ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺰوﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﯿﮭﺎ ‪ direct access‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻄﺎﯾﺮة أي ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎﺗﮫ ) ‪ volatile (loss its contain when the power is off‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻧﻘﻄﺎع اﻟﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬

‫‪ each memory location has an address like post office boxes call‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻋﻨﻮان ﺧﺎص ﺑﮫ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ اﻟﺒﺮﯾﺪ‬

‫)‪(memory address‬‬

‫ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ‪ temporary storage‬‬ ‫‪Types of RAM‬‬ ‫)‪• EDO (Extended Data Out‬‬ ‫)‪• DRAM (Dynamic RAM‬‬ ‫)‪• RDRAM (Rambus Dynamic Random Access Memory‬‬ ‫‪• SDRAM (Synchronous DRAM‬‬

‫و ھﻨﺎك أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ ذاﻛﺮة اﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‪ ،‬وأﺳﻌﺎرھﺎ ﺗﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼف ھﺬه اﻷﻧﻮاع‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨ ﻮع اﻷول ‪ SD-RAM‬أو ‪:SDR-RAM‬ھ ﻲ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎر ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠ ﺔ ‪Single Data Rate Random‬‬ ‫‪ Access Memory‬واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ذاﻛﺮة اﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ اﻟﺪﯾﻨﺎﻣﯿﻜﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ ذات اﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻷﺣﺎدي‪ .‬ھ ﺬا‬ ‫ﯾﻘﻮﺑﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﻧﻮﻋﺎ ً ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﮫ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﻞ ﯾﺴ ﺘﮭﻠﻚ ﻗ ﺪرا ً ﻛﺒﯿ ﺮا ً ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻄﺎﻗ ﺔ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻮع م‬ ‫ﺑ ﺎﻷﻧﻮاع اﻷﺧ ﺮى ﻷﻧ ﮫ ﯾﻘ ﻮم ﺑﻨﻘ ﻞ ﺑ ﺖ ﻣ ﺮة واﺣﺪة ﻋﻨ ﺪ ارﺗﻔ ﺎع اﻟﻨﺒﻀ ﺔ ﺛ ﻢ ﯾﻌ ﻮد ﻟﯿﺮﻓ ﻊ ﺑﺘ ﺎ ً آﺧ ﺮا ً ﺑﺎرﺗﻔ ﺎع‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ‪ ..‬وھﻜﺬا‪ ،‬وﻛﻠﻤﺎ زادت اﻟﻮﺣﺪات أدى ذﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ زﯾﺎدة ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‪ .‬وﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﯿﮭﺎ إﻣﺎ‬ ‫أن ﺗﻜﻮن ‪ 100‬أو ‪ 133‬ﻣﯿﺠﺎھﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪ DD-RAM‬أو ‪: D-SDRAM‬ھﻨﺎك ﺧﻼف ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﻤﯿﺘﮭﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﺎﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﯾﻘ ﻮل أﻧﮭ ﺎ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎر‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠ ﺔ ‪ Dual Data RateSynchronous Dynamic Random Access‬أي ذاﻛ ﺮة اﻟﻮﺻ ﻮل‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ اﻟﺪﯾﻨﺎﻣﯿﻜﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ ذات اﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﯿﻨﻤﺎ ھﻨﺎك ﻣﻦ ﯾﻘﻮل أﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ‪Double Data Rate-‬‬ ‫‪ SynchronousDRAM‬أي ذاﻛ ﺮة اﻟﻮﺻ ﻮل اﻟﻌﺸ ﻮاﺋﻲ اﻟﺪﯾﻨﺎﻣﯿﻜﯿ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺰاﻣﻨ ﺔ ذات اﻟﻨﻘ ﻞ اﻟﻤﻀ ﺎﻋﻒ أو‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺰدوج‪ ،‬وﻛﻼھﻤﺎ ﯾﺆدي ﻟﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﯾﺆدي ﺿﻌﻒ أداء اﻟﻨﻮع اﻷول‪ ،‬ﻓﮭﻲ ﺗﻌﻄ ﻲ ‪ 2‬ﺑ ﺖ ﻓ ﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰأﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﺘﺎ ً ﻟﺪى ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ وآﺧﺮا ً ﻋﻨﺪ اﻧﺨﻔﺎﺿﮭﺎ‪ .‬وﯾﺘﻤﯿﺰ ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻋ ﻦ ﺳ ﺎﺑﻘﮫ‬ ‫ﺑﺎن ﻟﺪﯾﮫ ﻋﺮض ﻧﻄﺎق ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ وھﺬا ﯾﻤﻜﻨﮫ ﻣ ﻦ ﻧﻘ ﻞ ﻛﻤﯿ ﺔ ﻣﻀ ﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿ ﺔ ﻗﯿﺎﺳ ﺎ ﻟ ﻞ‬ ‫‪ .sd-ram‬ﻛﻤﺎ أﻧﮫ ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﺪرا ً أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨ ﻮع اﻟﺜﺎﻟ ﺚ ‪ : RD-RAM‬ھ ﻲ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎر ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠ ﺔ ‪Rambus Dynamic Random Access‬‬ ‫‪ Memory‬وﺗﻌﻨ ﻲ اﻟﺨﻄ ﻮط اﻟﺪﯾﻨﺎﻣﯿﻜﯿ ﺔ ﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﻮﺻ ﻮل اﻟﻌﺸ ﻮاﺋﻲ‪ ،‬وھ ﺬه اﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮة ﺗﻤﺘ ﺎز ﺑﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﺬھﻠ ﺔ‬ ‫وأﺳﻌﺎرھﺎ ﺑﺎھﻈﺔ‪ ،‬وﯾﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻤﻠﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺎ ﺑ ﯿﻦ اﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮة واﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ أﻛﺜ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﻨﺎة‪ .‬ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ ﺗﺼﻐﯿﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪ 32‬ﺑﺖ )اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻧﻮاع اﻷﺧﺮى( إﻟﻰ ‪ 16‬ﺑﺘﻮﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ اﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻨﺎة ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺘﻮازﯾﺔ )وھﺬا ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺴﻤﯿﺘﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﻮط(‪ ،‬وﺗﻌﻄﻲ‬

‫‪26‬‬



‫ﺳﺮﻋﺎت ﺗﺮدد ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﺟﺪا ً◌ َ ﺗﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ‪ 800‬ﻣﯿﺠﺎھﺮﺗﺰ‪ .‬وھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻻ ﯾﻌﻤﻞ إﻻ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠ ﺎت ﺑﻨﺘﯿ ﻮم ‪ 4‬ﻛﻤ ﺎ‬ ‫أﻧﮭ ﺎ ﺗﺘﻄﻠ ﺐ أﻧﻮاﻋ ﺎ ً ﻣﺨﺼﺼ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﺎت اﻷم ﻣﺜ ﻞ إﻧﺘ ﻞ ‪ .850‬وﺗ ﻢ اﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﻲ ﻋﻨﮭ ﺎ ﺑﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﺴ ﺒﺐ إﺛﺒ ﺎت‬ ‫ذاﻛﺮة ‪ DDR‬واﻟﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ ‪ DDR 2‬اﻧﮭﻤﺎ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﮭﻤﺎ إﻋﻄﺎء ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺟﺪا وﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﻔﻮﻗﺔ ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ إﻗﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪1.4.2- Read-Only Memory (ROM‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮع رﺋﯿﺴﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﻮب اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ذاﻛﺮة ﻟﻠﻘﺮاءة ﻓﻘ ﻂ‪ .‬ﺣﯿ ﺚ ﯾﻤﻜ ﻦ أن ﻧﻘ ﺮأ ﻣﻨﮭ ﺎ وﻻ‬ ‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ إﻟﯿﮭﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ھﻨ ﺎك ﺳ ﺒﺒﺎن رﺋﯿﺴ ﯿﺎن ﯾﺠﻌ ﻞ ذاﻛ ﺮة ﻟﻠﻘ ﺮاءة ﻓﻘ ﻂ ﻣﺴ ﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻟ ﺒﻌﺾ اﻟﻮظ ﺎﺋﻒ ﺿ ﻤﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﻮب اﻟﺸﺨﺼ ﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫وﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻐﺮض ﺧﺰن أواﻣﺮ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ )أواﻣﺮ اﻹدﺧﺎل واﻹﺧﺮاج (‬ ‫وﺟﮫ اﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﮫ ﺑﯿﻦ ھﺬه اﻷﻧﻮاع ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-1‬أن اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬه اﻟﺮﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻻ ﺗﻀﯿﻊ ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﻗﻄ ﻊ اﻟﺘـ ـﯿﺎر اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑ ـﺎﺋﻲ )و ﻟ ﯿﺲ ﻛﻤ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻓـﻲ اﻟـﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟـﺮام اﻟﺘـﻲ ﺗﻀــﯿﻊ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎﺗـﮭﺎ ﻋــﻨﺪ ﻗﻄــﻊ اﻟﺘــﯿـﺎر(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬أن اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬه اﻟﺮﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮة إﻣ ﺎ أﻧﮭ ﺎ ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜ ﻦ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮھ ﺎ‪ ،‬أو أن ذﻟ ﻚ ﻣﻤﻜ ﻦ وﻟﻜ ﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ )و ﻟﯿﺲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﺮام ﺣﯿﺚ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﯿﮭﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺳﮭﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﻘﺮاءة(‪.‬‬ ‫‪Is used to store the instruction to start the computer, this memory is called‬‬ ‫‪the ROM BIOS (Basic Input/Output System), it has the following‬‬ ‫‪characteristics:‬‬ ‫وﺻﻮل ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ‪ Direct access‬‬ ‫)‪ Non volatile (because there is a battery that supply it with power‬‬ ‫ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﯾﺮة ﻷﻧﮭﺎ ﻣﺰوده ﺑﺒﻄﺎرﯾﺔ ﺗﺠﮭﺰھﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ إطﻔﺎء اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬ ‫ذاﻛﺮه ﻗﺮاءه ﻓﻘﻂ )‪ Read only memory (you can’t change its contain‬‬ ‫)‪Types of ROM (read-only memory‬‬ ‫)‪• PROM (programmable read-only memory‬‬ ‫)‪• EPROM (erasable programmable read-only memory‬‬ ‫‪• EEPTROM(Electrically Erasableprogrammable read-only‬‬ ‫)‪memory‬‬ ‫‪• Flash Memory‬‬ ‫‪To allow ROM upgrades, most computer use flash memory (flash Bios).‬‬

‫‪:PROM‬ھﻲ اﺧﺘﺼﺎر ل )‪ ،(programmable read-only memory‬وھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ رﻗﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬ ‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺘﮭﺎ واﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﯿﮭﺎ ﻟﻤﺮة واﺣﺪة ‪.‬‬

‫‪27‬‬



‫‪:EPROM‬ھ ﻲ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎر ل )‪ ،( Erasable ProgrammableRead-Only Memory‬ھ ﺬا اﻟﻨ ﻮع‬ ‫ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺮﻗ ﺎﺋﻖ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ ﻦ ﻣﺤ ﻮه واﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑ ﺔ ﻋﻠﯿ ﮫ ﻣ ﺮات ﻋﺪﯾ ﺪة ﺑﺎﺳ ﺘﺨﺪام أداة ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺗﺒﻌ ﺚ ﺗ ﺮدد ﻣﺤ ﺪد ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎت اﻟﻀﻮﺋﯿﺔ ‪ light (ultraviolet (UV‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻗﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﯿﻤﺤﻮ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎﺗﮭﺎ وﯾﺠﮭﺰھﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺑ ﺔ ﻋﻠﯿﮭ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﯾﺪ‪ ،‬وھﺬه اﻟﺮﻗﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮن أﯾﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ أﺳﻄﺮ وﻋﻮاﻣﯿﺪ وﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻠﯿﺔ ﺗﻘ ﺎطﻊ ﯾﻮﺟ ﺪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺰﺳ ﺘﻮران ﻣﺴ ﺌﻮﻻن‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺷﺤﻦ وﺗﻔﺮﯾﻎ اﻟﺨﻼﯾﺎ‬ ‫‪ErasableProgrammable‬‬ ‫‪ :EEPROM‬ھ ﻲ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎر ل )‪Read-‬‬ ‫‪ (OnlyMemory‬وھﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﯿﺰ ﻋﻦ اﻷﻧﻮاع اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪Electrically‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ھـﺬه اﻟﺮﻗـﺎﻗـﺔ دون إزاﻟــﺘﮭﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣـﻜﺎﻧــﮭـﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﻟﺴــﺖ ﻣﻀـﻄﺮا ﻟﻤــﺤﻮ اﻟﺮﻗﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﻠــﮭﺎ ﻟﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺟــﺰء ﻣــﺤﺪود ﻣــﻨﮭﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-3‬ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت ﻻ ﯾﺤﺘﺎج إﻟﻰ أدوات أو أﺟﮭﺰة ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾ ﺎت اﻟﺨﻼﯾ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ھ ﺬه اﻟﺮﻗﺎﻗ ﺔ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺤﻠ ﻲ ﯾ ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺠ ﺎل اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑ ﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﯿ ﺔ‬ ‫وﯾﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﺮﯾﻐﮭﺎ وﺷﺤﻨﮭﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‪ ،‬وﻟﻜﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺨﻠﯿﺔ أي أن ﻣﺤ ﻮ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾ ﺎت اﻟﺨﻠﯿ ﺔ‬ ‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪرﯾﺞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮة ﺑﺎﯾﺖ واﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﯾﺠﻌﻠﮭﺎ ﺑﻄﯿﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :Flash Memory‬ھﻲ أﺣﺪ أﻧﻮاع اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ‪ EEPROM‬وﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ أن ‪ EEPROM‬ﺗﻤﺤﻮ ﻛﻞ ﻣ ﺮة‬ ‫ﺑﺎﯾﺖ واﺣﺪ ﺑﯿﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ ‪ Flash Memory‬اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ‪ 512‬ﺑﺎﯾﺖ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤ ﺮة اﻟﻮاﺣ ﺪة ﻣﻤ ﺎ ﯾﺠﻌﻠﮭ ﺎ أﺳ ﺮع‬ ‫ﺑﻜﺜﯿﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻻﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻼدﺧﺎل واﻻﺧﺮاج‪1.4.3- Basic input output system (BIOS):‬‬ ‫اﻟﺒﯿ ﻮس ھ ﻮ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎرﻟﻌﺒﺎرة ) ‪ (basic input output system‬وﻣﻌﻨ ﺎه " ﻧﻈ ﺎم اﻹدﺧ ﺎل واﻹﺧ ﺮاج‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫إن ﻧﻈ ﺎم اﻟﺒﯿ ﻮس ھ ﻮ ﻋﺒ ﺎرةﻋﻦ ﺑﺮﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ وﻟﻜﻨ ﮫ ﺑﺮﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ﻣ ﺪﻣﺞ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﺔ اﻷم وﻣﺨ ﺰن ﻋﻠ ﻰ رﻗﺎﻗ ﺔ روم )‬ ‫رﻗﺎﻗﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﻘﺮاءة ﻓﻘﻂ( وھﻲ ذاﻛﺮة ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎﺗﮭﺎ وﺗﺤ ﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻤﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎﺗﮭ ﺎ ﺣﺘ ﻰ ﻟ ﻮ ﺗ ﻢ إطﻔﺎءﺟﮭ ﺎز‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﯿﻜﻮن ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﯿﻮس ﺟ ﺎھﺰا ً ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤ ﺮة اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿ ﺔ ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﺗﺸ ﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺠﮭ ﺎز ‪ .‬ﯾ ﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺒﯿ ﻮس ﺑﺠﻤﯿ ﻊ أﺟﮭ ﺰة‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻼ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ‪ ،‬وإذا أراد أي ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺘﺎد ﻓﯿﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﯿ ﮫ أن ﯾﻘ ﻮم ﺑ ﺬﻟﻚ ﻋ ﻦ طﺮﯾ ﻖ اﻟﺒﯿ ﻮس ‪،‬‬ ‫وﻟﻜ ﻦ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻟ ﯿﺲ ﺷ ﺮطﺎ ً ﻓﻤﻨ ﺎﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﻘ ﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤ ﺪث ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﻌﺘ ﺎد ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮة ﻟﻠﺤﺼ ﻮل ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻤﯿﺰات‪.‬‬ ‫وﻧﺴﺘﻄﯿﻌﺘﻠﺨﯿﺺ ﻣﮭﻤﺔ اﻟﺒﯿﻮس ﻓﯿﻤﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫اﻟﻘﯿﺎم ﺑﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺼﺎﻷوﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﮭﺎز‪POST‬‬ ‫اﻟﻘﯿﺎم ﺑﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻹﻗﻼﻋﻤﻦ اﻷﻗﺮاص ) ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ‪).‬‬ ‫اﻟﻘﯿﺎم ﺑﻌﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻹدﺧﺎﻟﻮاﻹﺧﺮاج اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ‪BIOS‬وھﻲ ﻣﮭﻤﺘﮫ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﻤﮭﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﯾﺤﻮي اﻟﻨﻈﺎم أﯾﻀﺎ ًاﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻼزم ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺒﯿ ﻮس ) اﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ اﻟﺰرﻗ ﺎء اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻈﮭ ﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻄﻌﻠﻰ زر ‪ del‬وﻗﺖ اﻹﻗﻼع‬

‫‪28‬‬



‫ﯾ ﺘﻢ ﺗﺼ ﻨﯿﻊ رﻗﺎﻗﺎﺗ ﺎﻟﺒﯿﻮس ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟﻌﺪﯾ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺼ ﻨﻌﯿﻦ أﺑ ﺮزھﻢ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺎت ﻓ ﻮﻧﻜﺲ "‪ "Phoenix‬وﺷ ﺮﻛﺔ‬ ‫"أوورد " ‪Award‬و ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔ "‪ "American megatrends‬وإذا ﻧﻈ ﺮت إﻟ ﻰ أي ﻟﻮﺣ ﺔ أم ﻓﺴ ﻮف ﺗﺠ ﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﯿﮭﺎ رﻗﺎﻗﺔاﻟﺒﯿﻮس وﻣﻜﺘﻮب ﻋﻠﯿﮭﺎ اﺳﻢ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﮭﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫رﻗﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺒﯿﻮس ‪ :‬ﺗﺨﺰﻧﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﯿ ﻮس ﺣﺘ ﻰ ﺗﺴ ﺘﺮﺟﻌﮫ ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﺑﺪاﯾ ﺔ ﻋﻤ ﻞ اﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤ ﺮة اﻟﻘﺎدﻣ ﺔ وﻻ ﺗﺤﺘ ﺎج‬ ‫ﻟﺒﻄﺎرﯾﺔﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻤﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎﺗﮭﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮع آﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ أﻧﻮاع أﻟﺬ واﻛﺮ اﻟﻐﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﯾﺮة ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺨﺰن أواﻣﺮ اﻟﺘﮭﯿﺌﺔ ‪1.4.4- CMOS‬‬ ‫اﻟﻀﺮورﯾﺔ‬ ‫‪Complementary metal-oxide semiconductor is a special memory used to‬‬ ‫‪store essential startup configuration, such as the amount of memory that has‬‬ ‫‪been installed in the computer, also it track time and date. On Macintoshes‬‬ ‫‪computer it is called Parameter RAM. It used small battery to keep the‬‬ ‫‪power when the computer is switch off.‬‬ ‫ﯾﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﻮﺳﺒﺘﺨﺰﯾﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻌﺘﺎد اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ رﻗﺎﻗﺔ رام ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ رﻗﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺴﯿﻤﻮس وھ ﻲ‬ ‫اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎر ﻟ ـ "‪ "Complementary Metal-Oxide Semi-Conductor‬وھ ﻲ ﻋﺒ ﺎرة ﻋ ﻦ ﻧ ﻮع ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﻌﺸ ﻮاﺋﯿﺔ ﺗﻘ ﻮم ﺑﺘﺨﺰﯾﻨﺎﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧ ﺎت وﻟﻜﻨﮭ ﺎ ﺗﻔﻘ ﺪھﺎ إذا اﻧﻘﻄ ﻊ ﻋﻨﮭ ﺎ اﻟﺘﯿ ﺎر اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑ ﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻟ ﺬا ﺗ ﺰود ھ ﺬه‬ ‫اﻟﺬاﻛﺮةﺑﺒﻄﺎرﯾﺔ ﺻﻐﯿﺮة ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت ھﺬه اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻓﻲ أوﻗ ﺎت إطﻔ ﺎء اﻟﺠﮭ ﺎز ‪،‬وﺗﺴ ﺘﮭﻠﻚ ھ ﺬه‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻗﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﻘﻠﯿﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺤﯿﺚ أن ھﺬه اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﯾﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻌﺪة ﺳﻨﻮات‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺗﺨ ﺰن ﻋﻠ ﻰ رﻗﺎﻗﺔاﻟﺴ ﯿﻤﻮس ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت ھﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﺠﮭ ﺎز ﻣﺜ ﻞ ﺣﺠ ﻢ وﻧ ﻮع اﻷﻗ ﺮاص اﻟﻤﺮﻧ ﺔ واﻟﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ‬ ‫وﻛ ﺬﻟﻚ اﻟﺘﺎرﯾﺨﻮاﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ وﻛ ﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻌ ﺾ اﻟﺨﯿ ﺎرات اﻷﺧ ﺮى ﻣﺜ ﻞ ‪ :‬ھ ﻞ ﺗﺮﯾ ﺪ اﻹﻗ ﻼع ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻘ ﺮص اﻟﻤ ﺮن أم‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ أوﻻ ً ‪..‬إﻟﺦ وﯾﻜﻮن ﺣﺠﻤﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪود ﻣﺌﺎﺗﺎﻟﺒﺎﯾﺘﺎت‪.‬‬ ‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻌﺎدي أن ﯾﻌﺪل ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت ذاﻛﺮةاﻟﺴﯿﻤﻮس وذﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺒﯿﻮس ) ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ً‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ del‬ﻋﻨ ﺪ إﻗ ﻼع اﻟﺠﮭ ﺎز ) ‪ ،‬ﯾﻤﻜﻨ ﻚ ﻋﻤ ﻞ اﻟﻜﺜﯿ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻷﺷ ﯿﺎء ھﻨ ﺎك وﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻛ ﻦ ﺣ ﺬرا ً ﻓﺘﻐﯿﯿ ﺮ‬ ‫اﻹﻋ ﺪادات دون إﻟﻤﺎﻣﺒﻮظﺎﺋﻔﮭ ﺎ ﻗ ﺪ ﯾﻌﻄ ﻞ ﺣﺎﺳ ﺒﻚ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﻌﻤ ﻞ ‪ ،‬ھ ﺬه ﻗﺎﺋﻤ ﺔ ﺑ ﺒﻌﺾ اﻷﺷ ﯿﺎء اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﯾﻤﻜ ﻦ أن‬ ‫ﯾﻌﺪﻟﮭﺎﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺒﯿﻮس ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ واﻟﺘﺎرﯾﺦ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻋﺪد وﺣﺠﻢ اﻷﻗﺮاﺻﺎﻟﻤﺮﻧﺔ واﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻋﯿﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻔﯿﺪﯾﻮ ‪ ( VGA , ega ....‬إﻟﺦ ( ‪-‬اﺟﻌﻞ ﺧﯿﺎرك داﺋﻤﺎ ً ھﻮ ‪VGA‬‬ ‫إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ) ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﺘﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ)‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﺮ ) ﺣﻤﺎﯾﺔاﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﺣﯿﺚ ﻻ ﯾﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ أﺣ ﺪ اﻟ ﺪﺧﻮل ﻟﻠﺠﮭ ﺎز إﻻ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل ﻛﻠﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺴ ﺮ( ‪ ،‬إذاﻧﺴ ﯿﺖ ﻛﻠﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺴ ﺮ ﻓﯿﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﯿ ﻚ إطﻔ ﺎء اﻟﺠﮭ ﺎز وإزاﻟ ﺔ ﺑﻄﺎرﯾ ﺔ اﻟﺴ ﯿﻤﻮس ﺣﺘ ﻰ ﺗ ﺰال‬ ‫ﺟﻤﯿﻌﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻣﻦ رﻗﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺴﯿﻤﻮس ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﯿﮭﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫رﻗﺎﻗﺔ ﺳ ﯿﻤﻮس "‪ "CMOS‬ﺗﻘ ﻮم ﺑﺘﺨ ﺰﯾﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﯾﺤﺘﺎﺟﮭ ﺎ اﻟﺒﯿ ﻮس ﻣﺜ ﻞ ﺣﺠ ﻢ اﻷﻗ ﺮاص اﻟﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ‬ ‫وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ ‪،‬وﺗﺤﺘﺎج ﻟﺒﻄﺎرﯾﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺤﺘﻔﻈﺒﻤﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎﺗﮭﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪29‬‬



1.4.5- Cache Memory: Ram is fast, but it isn’t fast enough to support the new processors speeds such as Motorola & Pentium II. To enable micro processor to function at maximum speed, designer use cache memory as shown in figure (6) this has the following characteristics. There are two types of cache, first called primary cache located in the microprocessor and is the fastest one. The second is called secondary cache or level2 (l2) cache located on the motherboard out side the microprocessor and faster than RAM. ‫ ﺗﻘ ﻮم ﺑ ﺎﻟﺘﺨﺰﯾﻦ اﻟﻤﺆﻗ ﺖ‬RAM ‫ ( ان اﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟ ﺮام‬Cache memory ) ‫ذاﻛ ﺮة اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﺮاﻣﺞ واﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت واﻟﺮام ﯾﻌﻤﻸﺑﻄﺊ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ و ﻟﺤﻞ ھ ﺬا اﻟﺘﻔ ﺎوت ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ ﻛ ﺎن إﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫ اﻟﻤﮭ ﺎم واﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧ ﺎت اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﻈ ﺮ‬.‫ ( اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻘ ﻊ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ‬caches memory ) ‫ذاﻛ ﺮة اﻟﻜ ﺎش‬ ‫ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت اﻟﺤﺪﯾﺜﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬L1 and L2 cache ‫اﻟﻤﺮور ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺗﺨﺰن ﻓﯿﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﻜﺎش‬ ‫ ھﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ وھﻲ أﺳ ﺮع‬L2 ... L1 ‫ و‬L1 ‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﻦ ﻟﺬاﻛﺮات اﻟﻜﺎﺷﺘ ُﻌﺮف ﺑـ‬ ‫ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت اﻟﻘﺪﯾﻤﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺒﻨﺘﯿﻮم ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ذاﻛﺮة‬. ‫وﺗﺰود اﻟﻤﮭﺎم واﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة‬ ‫ وﺑﻈﮭ ﻮر ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠ ﺎت ﺑﻨﺘﯿ ﻮم‬. ‫ (اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺖ ﻓﻘ ﻂ ﺗﻘ ﺮأ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧ ﺎت اﻟﺪاﺧﻠ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ‬W T ) ‫ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻺﺻ ﺪار‬L2 cache ‫اﺻ ﺒﺤﺎﻟﻜﺎش ﯾﻘ ﻮم ﺑ ﺎﻟﻘﺮاءة واﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑ ﺔ ﻣﻌ ﺎ ً اﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿ ﺔ‬ ‫ أﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ‬... ‫ ﺗﻘ ﻊ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﺮام‬L2 ‫اﻷوﻟﻮاﻟﺜ ﺎﻧﻲ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠ ﺎت ﻟﻨﺘﯿ ﻮم ﻛﺎﻧ ﺖ ذاﻛ ﺮة‬ . L1 ‫اﻻﺻﺪاراﺗﺎﻟﺤﺪﯾﺜﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻧﻔﺴﮫ و ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﻣﮭﺎم ذاﻛﺮة‬

 Smaller than RAM ‫اﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ال رام‬  Faster than RAM ‫أﺳﺮع ﻣﻦ ال رام‬  Expensive ‫ﻏﺎﻟﯿﺔ اﻟﺜﻤﻦ‬  Improves the computer system’s overall performance ‫ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻦ اداء‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﮫ‬  The processor use it to store frequently accessed program instruction and data


30


‫‪Figure (1.10) the Cache memory‬‬

‫اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﯿﺔ ‪1.4.6- Virtual Memory (VM):‬‬ ‫‪Operating system allocates portion of hard disk to function like RAM. When the‬‬ ‫‪RAM gets full with programs, the operating system creates virtual‬‬ ‫‪memory; virtual memory is anextension of RAM.This act will slow‬‬ ‫‪down the computer because hard disk is much slow than RAM. To‬‬ ‫‪avoid using virtual memory it is better to use a bigger RAM.‬‬ ‫اﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮة اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿ ﯿﺔ وﺗﻨﺸ ﺊ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻘ ﺮص اﻟﺼ ﻠﺐ ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴ ﯿﺔ ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺌ ﺔ ‪،‬أﻧﺸ ﺄھﺎ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ ﻛﺘﻮﺳ ﯿﻊ ﻟﻠ ﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴ ﯿﺔ ‪ ،‬وھ ﺬه اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿ ﺔ ﺗﺒﻄ ﺄ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿ ﻮﺗﺮ ﻻن ﺳ ﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻘ ﺮص اﻟﺼ ﻠﺐ اﻗ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ واﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‪.‬وﻟﻐﺮض ﺗﻔﺎدي اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﯿﺔ ﯾﻔﻀﻞ زﯾﺎدة ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﯿﺔ ھﻲ ﺟﺰء ﻣﺄﻟﻮف ﻓﻲ أﻏﻠﺐ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻏﻠﺐ أﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﺤﺎﺳﻮب ھﺬه اﻷﯾﺎم ﺗﺤﺘﻮي‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 32‬أو ‪ 64‬ﻣﯿﺠﺎﺑﺎﯾﺖ ذاﻛﺮة رام‪ ،‬وﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻸﺳ ﻒ ﻓﮭ ﺬا اﻟﻘ ﺪر ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮة ﻏﯿ ﺮ ﻛ ﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﺘﺸ ﻐﯿﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺤﺮﯾ ﺮ ﺻ ﻮر وﻣﺤ ﺮر ﻛﺘﺎﺑ ﺔ وﻣﺴ ﺘﻌﺮض إﻧﺘﺮﻧ ﺖ وﺑﺮﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺮﯾ ﺪ‬ ‫إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن ﻟﻢ ﯾﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﯾﻚ ذاﻛﺮة اﻓﺘﺮاﺿ ﯿﺔ ﻓﻠ ﻦ ﺗﻌﻤ ﻞ ھ ﺬه اﻟﺒ ﺮاﻣﺞ وﺳﺘﺤﺼ ﻞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ رﺳ ﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻄﻠ ﺐ ﻣﻨ ﻚ‬ ‫إﻏ ﻼق ﺑﻌ ﺾ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻘ ﺎت ﻟﺘﺤﺮﯾ ﺮ ﺟ ﺰء ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮة‪ ،‬ﻣ ﻊ وﺟ ﻮد اﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮة اﻻاﻓﺘﺮاﺿ ﯿﺔ ﺳ ﯿﻘﻮم اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿ ﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ أﺟﺰاء ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺘﻤﺮار ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟ ﺮام وﯾﻘ ﻮم ﺑﻨﺴ ﺨﮭﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻘ ﺮص اﻟﺼ ﻠﺐ وھ ﺬا‬ ‫ﯾﺤﺮر ﻗﺴ ﻤﺎ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟ ﺮام ﻟﯿ ﺘﻢ اﺳ ﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮫ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺸ ﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻘ ﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﯿ ﺮة اﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﯿﺔ‪ ،‬ھ ﺬا اﻷﻣ ﺮ ﯾﺤ ﺪث‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺪرﺟﺔ أﻧﻚ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺲ ﺑﮫ وﯾﺠﻌﻞ ﺟﮭﺎزك ﯾﺤﺲ أن ﻟﺪﯾﮫ ذاﻛﺮة أﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ھﻲ ﻋﻠﯿﮫ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺻﺎت اﻟﻨﻈﺎم واﻟﺒﺎﺻﺎت ‪1.5 System Bus & Expansion Bus‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﯿﺔ‬ ‫‪Are the Circuits that carry data from one component to anther (a highway‬‬ ‫‪of parallel wires).‬ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ اﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔ ‪ (expantion slots) :‬وھﻲ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋ ﻦ ﺷ ﻘﻮق ﺗﻘ ﻊ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻘﺴ ﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨ ﻮﺑﻲ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﺔ اﻷم ‪ ،‬وظﯿﻔﺘﮭ ﺎ ھ ﻲ اﺿ ﺎﻓﺔاﻟﻜﺮوت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ ﺔ )‪ (cards‬اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﺒ ﺮ ﺑﻌﻀ ﮭﺎ‬ ‫ﺿﺮورﯾﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﺮت اﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ )اﻟ ﺬي ﯾﻘ ﻮم ﺑﺎﺻﺪاراﻟﺼ ﻮر وارﺳ ﺎﻟﮭﺎ اﻟ ﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺿ ﮭﺎ( واﻟ ﺬي ﻻ‬ ‫ﯾﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺪوﻧﮫ ‪ ،‬وھﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌ ﺾ اﻟﻜﺮوﺗ ﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺗ ﺘﻢ اﺿ ﺎﻓﺘﮭﺎ ﺑﺤﯿ ﺚ ﺗﻌﻄ ﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﯿ ﺰات ﺟﺪﯾ ﺪة‬

‫‪31‬‬



‫( اﻟ ﺬي ﯾﻘ ﻮم‬sound card) ‫وﻣﺜ ﺎل ﻋﻠ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻛ ﺮت اﻟﺼ ﻮت‬، ‫ﻟﻜﻨﮭﺎ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻣﮭﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﯾﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫طﺒﻌﺎ ﺷﻘﻮق اﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔ أﻧﻮاع ﻛﺜﯿﺮة ﻣﻨﮭ ﺎ‬، ‫ﺑﺼﻨﻊ اﻻﺻﻮات وارﺳﺎﻟﮭﺎ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﮭﺎ‬ pci ‫أﺿﻌﺎف ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬8 ‫واﻟﺬي ﯾﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬x 4 ‫اﻟﻘﺪﯾﻢ ﺟﺪا و اﻟﺤﺪﯾﺚ واﻟﺒﻄﻰء واﻟﺴﺮﯾﻌﻮاﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻘ ﻞ‬pci ‫ ﺿﻌﻔﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ‬16 ‫واﻟ ﺬي ﯾﻌﻤ ﻞ ﺑﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﻌ ﺎدل‬x 8 ‫ اﻣﺎ اﻻﺻ ﺪار اﻟﺨﯿ ﺮ واﻻﺣ ﺪث ﻓﮭ ﻮ‬، !‫اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت‬ 1.5.1- System Buses: ‫أﻧﻮاع وﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﻨﻘﻞ أو اﻟﺒﺎﺻﺎت‬ - System Bus ‫( ﺑﺎص اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬also called memory bus) connects the microprocessor to the supporting chips on the mother board as well as to the RAM. - Internal Bus ‫ ﺑﺎص داﺧﻠﻲ‬connects the microprocessor components to each other - Expansion Bus ‫( ﺑﺎص ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻲ‬also called I/O Bus) is an important feature of motherboard which enables you to upgrade your system by adding input & output component, its connect to Expansion slots ‫ ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ﺗﻮﺳﻌﯿﮫ‬which accept expansion boards also called Adapter such as sound card, modems. 1.5.2- Expansion Buses ‫أﻧﻮاع اﻟﺒﺎﺻﺎت اﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﯿﺔ‬

fastest next fastest next fastest slowest

Figure (1.11): Expansion Buses


32


- ISA Bus (Industry Standard Architecture) used in older IBM compatible computers which is 16 bit wide, older Macintoshes use NuBus which is 32 bit wide ‫ وھ ﻮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺸ ﻘﻮق‬industry standard architecture ‫ وﯾﺤﻤ ﻞ اﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎر‬ISA : ‫ﻣﻨﻔ ﺬ‬ ‫ﺑ ﺖ ﻛﻤ ﺎ اﻧﺤﺠﻤ ﮫ ﻛﺒﯿ ﺮ ﺟ ﺪا‬16 ‫ ﻣﯿﻐ ﺎھﯿﺮﺗﺰ وﺑﻌ ﺮض‬8 ‫اﻟﻘﺪﯾﻤ ﺔ و اﻟﺒﻄﯿﺌ ﺔ ﺣﯿ ﺚ ﯾﻌﻤ ﻞ ﺑﺘ ﺮدد‬ .‫واداؤه ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬ - PCI Bus (Peripheral Component Interconnect) most new PCs & Macintoshes use this bus which is 32 or 64 bit wide. ‫ وھ ﻮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺸ ﻘﻮق‬peripheral component interconnect ‫ وﯾﺤﻤ ﻞ اﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎر‬PCI : ‫ﻣﻨﻔ ﺬ‬ 33 ‫ ﺳﺮﯾﻊ وﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺣﯿ ﺚ ﯾﻌﻤ ﻞ ﺑﺘ ﺮدد‬pci ‫وﺷﻖ‬، ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﯿﻞ ﻛﺮوت اﻟﺼﻮت واﻟﻤﻮدﯾﻢ وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ‬ ‫ ﻣﯿﻐ ﺎھﯿﺮﺗﺰ‬133 ‫ اﻟ ﺬي ﯾﺼ ﻞ ﺗ ﺮدده اﻟ ﻰ‬pci-x ‫ طﺒﻌ ﺎ ھﻨﺎﻟ ﻚ ﺷ ﻖ‬، ‫ ﺑ ﺖ‬32 ‫ﻣﯿﻐ ﺎھﯿﺮﺗﺰ وﺑﻌ ﺮض‬ (servers).‫ ﺑﺖ وھﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺎت اﻻم اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎدﻣﺎت‬64 ‫وﺑﻌﺮض‬ - AGP Bus (AcceleratedGraphicsPort) is the latest Expansion Bus which is specially designed to improve the computer’s display performance. ‫ وھ ﻮ ﺷ ﻘﺤﺪﯾﺚ ﺗ ﻢ اﻻﻋ ﻼن ﻋﻨ ﮫ‬accelerated graphics port ‫ وﯾﺤﻤ ﻞ اﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎر‬AGP : ‫ﻣﻨﻔ ﺬ‬ ‫ ﺣﯿ ﺚ أﻧﮭ ﺬا اﻟﺸ ﻖ ﻣﺨ ﺘﺺ ﺑﻜ ﺮوت‬، ‫ وذﻟﻚ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﺘﻄﻮر اﻟﺬي ﺣ ﺪث ﻓ ﻲ ﻛ ﺮوت اﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ‬1997 ‫ﻋﺎم‬ ‫ واﻟﮭﺪف ﻣﻦ اﺻﺪاره أن ﻛﺮوت اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺤﺘ ﺎج اﻟ ﻰ ﻣﻌ ﺪﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻟﻠﺒﯿﺎﻧ ﺎت ﺳ ﺮﯾﻊ ﺑﯿﻨﮭ ﺎ وﺑ ﯿﻦ‬،‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‬ ‫واﻟ ﺬي‬x 1 ‫ اوﻟﮭ ﺎ‬، agp ‫ وھﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺳ ﺮﻋﺎت ﻟﻨﻘﻼﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧ ﺎت ﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﻘﻮق‬، ‫اﻻﻋﻀﺎء اﻻﺧﺮى اھﻤﮭﺎ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬ . pci ‫واﻟﺬﯾﯿﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺴﺎوي أرﺑﻌﺔ أﺿﻌﺎف ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬x 2 ‫ اﻣﺎ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﮭﻮ‬، ‫ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ‬pci ‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬ To ensure compatibility with other Expansion boards, most new motherboards include one or two ISA slots in addition to several PCI slots and an AGP slot.

1.6 Plug and play: When users tried to install a new peripheral, such as a modem or a sound card, a port conflict occurs, this conflict occurs when two or more devices are trying to use the same port. Microsoft and Intel created the Plug and Play (PNP) standard to remedy the conflict situation; this standard requires special chips on the motherboard. Only the newest PCs support this standard.


33


CH2 Storage Units ‫وﺣﺪات اﻟﺘﺨﺰﯾﻦ‬ Storage isn’t the same thing as memory; storage devices provide nonvolatile storage for programs and data. Storage devices are like file drawers, they hold programs and data in units called files, the speed of memory and storage devices called access speed(the time needed to find requested data) , memories are much expansive and faster than storage devices.

2.1- Storage devices characteristics: (Hard Disk, Floppy Disk, CD-ROM, DVD, and etc) All these units are random ‫( ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﯿﺔ أو ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬direct access) accept the tape which is sequential ‫ ;ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‬tapes are slower than the other units, less expensive. Characteristic: 1- Non volatile ‫ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﯾﺮة‬ 2- Slower than memory ‫إﺑﻄﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬ 3- More capacity ‫ﺳﻌﮫ اﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬ 4- Read/write devices ‫وﺣﺪات ﻗﺮاءه وﻛﺘﺎﺑﮫ‬ 5- Less expensive ‫ارﺧﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬


34


2.2- Formatting ‫اﻟﺘﻘﺴﯿﻢ او اﻟﺘﺼﻔﯿﺮ‬ This process is necessary to prepare the magnetic disk before storage, in this process the disk will be divided into concentric circular bands ‫أﺧﺎدﯾﺪ أو‬ ‫ ارﺑﻄﮫ داﺋﺮﯾﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺪة اﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ‬called tracks, each track is divided into pie-shaped wedges ‫ أوﺗﺎد ﺗﺸﺒﮫ اﻟﻔﻄﯿﺮة‬called sectors, two or more sectors combined to form a cluster. Formatting the HDD‫ﺗﮭﯿﺌﺔ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ : ‫ ھﻨﺎك ﻧﻮﻋﺎن اﻟﺘﮭﯿﺌﺔ‬, ‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﻧﻘﻮﻣﺒﺘﮭﯿﺌﺘﮫ أوﻻ‬ ‫ و ﺗﻌ ﺮف أﯾﻀ ﺎ ﺑﺘﮭﯿﺌ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻮي اﻟﻤ ﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬Physical Formatting ‫أوﻟﮭﺎ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻌﺮف ﺑﺎﻟﺘﮭﯿﺌ ﺔ اﻟﻔﯿﺰﯾﺎﺋﯿ ﺔ‬ Low Level Formatting. High Level ‫ أو ﻣﺎ ﯾﻌﺮف ﺑﺘﮭﯿﺌﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮي اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‬Logical Formatting ‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ ھﻲ اﻟﺘﮭﯿﺌﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﯿﺔ‬ Formatting. Sector

Track

Figure (2.1): Formatting a disk

2.3 File Systems      

(FAT (File Allocation Table (FAT32 (File Allocation Table32 (NTFS (New Technology File System (HPFS (High Performance File System NetWare File System Linux EXT2 and Linux SWAP


35


FAT (file allocation table): ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺮص ﺟﺪول ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‬ • A table of information that operating system uses to locate files on a disk • Reformatting disk usually erases only file allocation table and leaves actual files on disk. The formatting program creates a file allocation table (FAT) when formatting is complete, which keeps vital records that show exactly where a given file is stored.

2.4- Storage unit’s types ‫أﻧﻮاع وﺣﺪات اﻟﺨﺰن‬ 2.4.1- Floppy Disks ‫اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻤﺮن‬ Is a circular plastic disk coated with a magnetically sensitive film.Floppy disks are design to work with floppy disk drives. Floppy size is 1.4MB, new floppies size is 2.88MB, and spin is (300 rpm)

Figure (2.2): the floppy disk

2.4.2-Hard Disk ‫اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ Hard disk works like a floppy disk; magnetic read write heads move across the surface of a disk coated with magnetically sensitive material. HD’s spin much faster than floppy, many HD’s spin at (7200 rpm), and high end drives hit (10,000 rpm). A head crash can occur. it is one of the causes of bad sectors(areas of the disk that have become damaged.


36


‫‪Figure (2.3): the Hard disk‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻷﻗﺮاص اﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻧﻮﻋﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ ال ‪ Interface‬ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ EIDE ‬وﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﺧﺘﺼﺎرھﺎ اﻟﻲ " ‪ " IDE‬و ﻓﯿﮭﺎ ﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿ ﺎت اﻟﻼزﻣ ﺔ ﻟﺘﺸ ﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻘ ﺮص‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة ﺑﺪاﺧﻠﮫ ‪ -‬ﻓﯿﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿ ﺔ ‪ -‬وﻟ ﯿﺲ ﺧﺎرﺟ ﮫ ‪ ،‬وھ ﻲ اﻷﻛﺜ ﺮ ﺷ ﯿﻮﻋﺎ ً ﺑ ﯿﻦ ﻣﺴ ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿ ﻮﺗﺮ ‪ ,‬وھ ﻲ ﻧﻔﺴ ﮭﺎ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺸ ﻐﻼت اﻻﺳ ﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠ ﮫ ‪ ,‬وﯾ ﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻ ﯿﻞ اﻟﻘ ﺮص‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻠﺒﺒﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷم ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة دون اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﺮوت اﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪SCSI ‬ھﺬا اﻟﻨ ﻮع أﺳ ﺮع ﺑﻜﺜﯿ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨﻮﻋ ﺎﻻول و ﻟﻜﻨ ﮫ أﯾﻀ ﺎ ﻣﻜﻠ ﻒ ﻋﻨ ﮫ ‪ ,‬وﯾﺴ ﺘﺨﺪم ﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﯿﺮﻓﺮات واﻻﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺒﺴﺮﻋﺎت ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ ‪ ,‬وﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﯿﻞ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﺔ اﻷم ﯾﻠ ﺰم‬ ‫أن ﯾﻜﻮن ھﻨﺎك ﻛﺎرﺗﺎﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﯾﺮﻛﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷم ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎطﻊ ‪- Partition‬‬ ‫‪Is a section of a disk set aside as if it were a physical separate disk.‬‬ ‫‪Some time Partition is used to enable computer to work with more than‬‬ ‫‪one operating system.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﯾﺠﺐ اﻧﻨﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻘﺴﯿﻤﮫ )إﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻢ واﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻷﻗﻞ( ﺛﻢ ﺗﮭﯿﺌﺔ اﻷﻗﺴ ﺎم اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠ ﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ھﻨ ﺎك ﺛ ﻼث أﻧ ﻮاع ﻟﺘﻘﺴ ﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﻘﺮﺻﺎﻟﺼ ﻠﺐ و ھ ﻲ ‪ :‬أﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ‪ Primary ,‬ﻣﻤﺘ ﺪ ‪ Extended‬وﻣﻨﻄﻘ ﻲ‬ ‫‪Logical .‬‬ ‫‪ 1.‬اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ‪Primary Partition:‬‬ ‫ﯾﺤﺘﻮي اﻟﻘﺴ ﻢ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻧﻈ ﺎم اﻟﺘﺸ ﻐﯿﻞ )ﻣﺜﻼﻟﻮﯾﻨ ﺪوز( اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ إﻟ ﻰ أي ﻣﻠﻔ ﺎت أو ﺑﯿﺎﻧ ﺎت‬ ‫أﺧ ﺮي )ﻣﺜ ﻞ ‪ My documents , Program files) ,‬و ﻛﻤ ﺎ ذﻛﺮﻧ ﺎ ﻗﺒ ﻞ إن ﯾ ﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﯾ ﻞ ﻧﻈ ﺎم اﻟﺘﺸ ﻐﯿﻞ‬ ‫ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﮭﯿﺌﺔ اﻟﻘﺴﻤﺎﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ أوﻻ ﺑﻨﻈﺎم ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪.‬‬

‫‪37‬‬



‫ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎن اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﯾﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﻌﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﻷﻗﺴﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ ﻓﺈن واﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﮭ ﺎ ﻓﻘ ﻂ ﺳ ﯿﻌﻤﻞ و ﯾﻜ ﻮن ﻣﺘ ﺎح‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام و ھﻮ اﻟﺬي ﺳﯿﺘﻤﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻣﻨﮫ ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﺑ ﺪء ﺗﺸ ﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿ ﻮﺗﺮ و ﺑ ﺎﻗﻲ اﻷﻗﺴ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﯿﺔ‬ .‫ﺳﺘﺼﺒﺤﻤﺨﻔﯿﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﯾﻤﻨﻊ اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﮭﺎ‬ : Extended Partition: ‫ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪ‬2. ‫و ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜ ﻦ أن‬, ‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ أﻧ ﮫ ﺣﺎوﯾ ﺔﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠ ﻲ اﻟﻌﺪﯾ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻷﻗﺴ ﺎم اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﯿ ﺔ‬ ‫ ﺑﻞ ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﻧﻘﺴﻤﮫ إﻟﻰ ﻋﺪد ﻣﻦ اﻷﻗﺴﺎم اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﯿ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﯾﻤﻜ ﻦ‬, ‫ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻨﺎﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت‬ .‫أن ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﮭﺎ ﻓﯿﺘﺨﺰﯾﻦ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت‬ Logical Partition: ‫ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﻲ‬3. ‫ وﯾﻤﻜ ﻦ ﻟﻸﻗﺴ ﺎم اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﯿ ﺔ أن ﺗﺤﺘ ﻮي ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬, ‫ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻸﻗﺴﺎم اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﯿﺔ أن ﺗﻮﺟ ﺪ إﻻ داﺧﻼﻟﻘﺴ ﻢ اﻟﻤﻤﺘ ﺪ‬ OS/2 , ‫ﻣﻠﻔ ﺎت ﻋﺎدﯾ ﺔ و ﺑﯿﺎﻧ ﺎت ﺑ ﻞ ﻓﯿ ﺒﻌﺾ اﻷﺣ ﻮال ﯾﻤﻜ ﻦ أن ﺗﺤﺘ ﻮي ﻋﻠ ﻲ أﻧﻈﻤ ﺔ ﺗﺸ ﻐﯿﻞ )ﻣﺜ ﻞ‬ LINUX ,WindowsNT) . - Storage capacities: ‫ﺳﻌﮫ اﻟﺨﺰن‬ Hard Disk capacities are measured in megabyte or gigabyte, a disk with 20 GB = 20,000,000,000 Byte (character). ‫ﺗﻘﺎس ﺳﻌﮫ اﻟﺨﺰن ﺑﺎﻟﻜﯿﻠﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﯾﺖ وﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺎﺗﮭﺎ‬ - Physical performance: ‫اﻻداء اﻟﻔﯿﺰﯾﺎﺋﻲ‬ A disk rotational speed ‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺪوران‬is an important issue. - Seek time ‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬ Is the time required to position the drive head over the correct track. - Disk Cache: is the part of the Hard Disk that is used as a virtual memory which is 512 KB. 2. Hard Disk Interfaces: ‫واﺟﮭﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ واﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬ Is the electronic connection between the drive and the computer, it is handled by a hard disk controller which may be located on the mother board or included in the drive itself. The drive interface determines the drive data transfer rate ‫ﻧﺴﺒﮫ أو ﻣﻌﺪل ﻧﻘﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت وھﻲ ﻋﺪد أﻟﺒﺘﺎه اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة‬, is the number of bits per second (bps) that the drive can funnel data into the computer. On PCs, the most commonly interface is called Integrated Device Electronic (IDE) also called Advanced Technology Attachment (ATA). Most Macintosh and some PCs use controllers and drives that called Small Computer System Interface (SCSI).


38


Newer PCs used Enhanced IDE (EIDE) interface and the latest use Ultra ATA also called Ultra DMA. The fastest SCSI is called Ultra Wide SCSI. Hard Disk Interface Interface Type Original IDE Standard SCSI EIDE(ATA-2) Ultra SCSI Ultra ATA (Ultra DMA) Ultra Wide SCSI

Maximum Data Transfer Rate ( Mbps) 2.1 5.0 16.6 20.0 33.3 40.0

Table (2.1): Hard Disk Interface

2.4.3- Removable Hard Disks ‫اﻷﻗﺮاص اﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ﺟﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ أﻧﻮاع اﻷﻗﺮاص اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ وﯾﺘﻢ اﻟﺨﺰن ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺗﺮﺟﺎت ذات ﺳﻌﺎت ﻛﺒﯿﺮه‬ A type of hard disks that use removable disk cartridges, it can be used for backup procedures, to archive infrequently used of data files, and to exchange large data files with other computer users. Removable hard drives have security benefits. Many new computers come equipped with a Zip drive, a removable hard disk that uses 100MB cartridges. -

Magnetic Tape ‫اﻟﺸﺮﯾﻂ اﻟﻤﻤﻐﻨﻂ‬ ‫ھ ﺬا اﻟﻨ ﻮع ﯾﻤﺜ ﻞ ﺷ ﺮﯾﻂ اﻟﻜﺎﺳ ﯿﺖ وھ ﻮ ﺑﻄ ﻲء ﺟ ﺪا ﻗﯿﺎﺳ ﺎ ﺑﺒ ﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﻮﺣ ﺪات اﻟﺨﺰﻧﯿ ﮫ ﻻن ﻋﻤﻠﯿ ﮫ‬ .‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ وﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﺘﻢ ﺑﺼﻮر ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻟﻜﻨﮫ ﻻزال ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮة‬ The earliest PCs came with cassette tape drives. Which are sequential data storages that make access time slow. The new type of tape drivers are called Quarter-inch cartridge (QIC) that works with cartridges that can store more that 100MB of data. In mainframe world, mass storage systems store hundreds or even thousand of highcapacity tape cartridges.


39


2.4.4- CD Discs & Drives ‫اﻷﻗﺮاص اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮطﺔ وﻣﺸﻐﻼﺗﮭﺎ‬

Figure (24): the Compaq disk (CD)

• • •

Storage medium Most PCs include some type of compact disc drive Available invariety offormats

Types of Compaq disk(CDs):  CD-ROM‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮطﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺮاءة ﻓﻘﻄﺄﻗﺮاص‬ The most popular and least expensive type of optical disc is Compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) - large data capacity ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﻛﺒﯿﺮ‬ - read only technology ‫ﺗﻘﻨﯿﺔ ﻗﺮاءه ﻓﻘﻂ‬ - low cost ‫رﺧﯿﺼﺔ‬ CD-ROM can store up to 650MB; they can transfer data at rate of 150,000 bps (15kbps) which is slow in compare to HD or FD. Faster CD-ROM came with transfer rate of 300 kbps (2X) double speed the latest one can transfer as much as 3.6 Mbps (like slower HD). Now is faster.  CD-R ‫ﺳﻲ دي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﯿﻞ ﻋﻠﯿﮫ ﻟﻤﺮة واﺣﺪه ﻓﻘﻂ وﯾﻌﺘﺒﺮ رﺧﯿﺺ اﻟﺜﻤﻦ‬ CD-recordable, can read CD-ROM discs also write to special CD-R disks which have a coating of Temperature-sensitive dye, greenish cold in color, when the laser hit the dye it changes the color. - CD-R is a write ones technology - Not expensive  CD-RW read –Write compact discs ‫ﺳﻲ دي ﻟﻠﻘﺮاءة واﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ أي ﯾﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺴﺠﯿﻞ ﻋﻠﯿﮫ ﻋﺪة ﻣﺮات وﻟﮫ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺧﺎص‬


40




DVD-ROM ‫ﺳﻲ دي ﺧﺎص ﻟﺨﺰن اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎت واﻟﺼﻮر وھﻮ ذو ﺳﻌﮫ ﻛﺒﯿﺮه‬ ‫وﺳﺮﻋﮫ ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬ The newest optical disk is (digital video disc DVD) or (digital versatile disk) DVD-ROM is different format than CD-ROM, DVDR, can read CD-ROM discs also write to special CD-R disks which have a coating of Temperature-sensitive dye, greenish cold in color, when the laser hit the dye it changes the color. And a read write version called DVD-RW. DVD-ROM drives can play DVD and can read CD-ROM. Characteristics  capacity of 17 GB  high speed 12Mbps  work with video and images

2.5 Storing Data in Files ‫ﺣﺰن اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‬ A file ‫اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬is an area of the storage medium to store a program or a collection of data. - Files must have a name (up to 255 characters) - Files must have extension name ‫(اﺳﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻲ أو وﺻﻔﻲ‬no more than 3 characters) with the file name, that describe the file type. - Files organized into files cabinets called directories or folders ‫دﻟﯿﻞ أو‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﮫ‬ - Files are various types (Program files or Data files) ‫اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﻧﻮﻋﯿﻦ اﻷول‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﺮاﻣﺞ واﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت‬ - All program files are binary files that contain information that the computer can read only - Data files are created to store the data that programs use, most programs store data in a proprietary file format, which is a data storage format used only by the company that makes the program.


41


2.5.1- Types of data files‫اﻧﻮاع ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت‬ -

configuration files contain settings or configuration choices that program requires to run correctly ‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﺗﮭﯿﺌﮫ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ وﻣﻌﺪات اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬

-

Text files contain nothing but standard characters(letters, symbols, marks, numbers) ‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻧﺼﻮص‬

-

Graphic files contain pictures in a specific graphic format(JPEG, GIF) ‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت رﺳﻮم‬

-

Database files contain data that has been stored in a proprietary files format of database program‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت‬

-

Sound files contain digitized sounds ‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﺻﻮت‬

-

Backup files contain copies of essential data ‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻧﺴﺦ إﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬


42


CH 3 INPUT & OUPUTDEVICES ‫و اﻻﺧﺮاﺟﻮﺣﺪات اﻹدﺧﺎل‬ 3.1- Input devices: ‫وﺣﺪات اﻻدﺧﺎل‬ Are electrical and electronic units used by the computer user (Programmers and non-Programmers) to access data and information into the computer through instruction or programs.

Figure (3.1): Input devices

Types of input devices: 3.1.1 Typing devices: Keyboards ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﯿﺢ‬ Function keys

Typing areaNumeric keypad


43


3.1.2 Pointing devices 3.1.2.1 Mouse

‫أﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﺘﺄﺷﯿﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺄره‬

The common mouse operations  Point  Click  Right-click  Double-click  Drag  Right-drag  Rotate wheel  Press wheel 3.1.2.2Trackball 3.1.2.3 Track point 3.1.2.4 Touchpad 3.1.2.5 Joysticks 3.1.2.6 Touch-sensitive 3.1.2.7 Pen-based system 3.1.3- Scanners

‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

3.1.4-Sound card ‫ﻛﺎرت اﻟﺼﻮت‬ 3.1.5- Microphones ‫اﻟﻤﯿﻜﺮوﻓﻮن‬


44


3.2- OUTPUT DEVICES ‫ﻣﻌﺪات اﻹﺧﺮاج‬ Any hardware component that can convey information to a user

3.2.1- display device  Like Television  Information on a display device sometimes is called soft copy Those monitors’ looks like television screen use the TV’s Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) technology. There is a new technology called Flat-panel display that use liquid crystal display (LCD) technology, LCD display sandwich cells containing tiny crystals between two transparent surfaces, gas plasma monitor. 3.2.1.1 The CRT monitor • Large sealed, glass screen‫ﻛﺒﯿﺮ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﯿﺎ‬ • Screen coated with tiny dots of phosphor material ‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﯿﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺒﻘﺔ دﻗﯿﻘﺔ ﺟﺪا ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﺎدة اﻟﻔﺴﻔﻮر‬ • Three dots (red, blue, and green) combine to make up each pixel‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﻣﺰج ﺛﻼﺛﺔ اﻟﻮان ﻟﺘﻜﻮﯾﺖ اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ وھﻲ اﻻﺣﻤﺮ اﻻزرق واﻻﺧﻀﺮ‬ • Pixel, or picture element, is single point in electronic image ‫وھﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺗﻜﻮﯾﻦ اﻟﺼﻮرة‬

Figure (3.3): CRT monitor

What are typical sizes for CRT MONITORS? • •

15, 17, 19, 21, and 22 inch screen size Viewable size is diagonal measurement of actual viewing area provided by the monitor


45


Viewable size

Screen size 3.2.1.2- The liquid crystal display (LCD) monitor  Type of flat-panel display‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺴﻄﺤﺔ‬,  Uses liquid crystals between two sheets of material to present information on screen‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﻘﻨﯿﺔ اﻟﻜﺮﯾﺴﺘﺎل اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬  Electric current passes through crystals, which creates images on the screen‫اﻟﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﯾﻤﺮ ﺧﻼل اﻟﻜﺮﯾﺴﺘﺎل ﻓﯿﻮﻟﺪ اﻟﺼﻮرة‬

Figure (3.3): CRT monitor

What are the two technologies used for LCD monitors?  Active-matrix display: Can display high-quality color viewable from all angles ‫ﺟﻮدة اﻻﻟﻮان ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ اي زاوﯾﺔ ﻣﻦ زواﯾﺎ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬  Passive-matrix display: Color often not as bright Images best viewed when working directly in front of Display.‫ﺟﻮدة اﻻﻟﻮان ﺗﻜﻮن ﺟﯿﺪة ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮاﺟﮭﺔ اﻻﻣﺎﻣﯿﺔ‬


46


3.2.1.3- The gas plasma monitor? • Flat-panel display uses layer of gas plasma between two sheets of material. Larger screen sizes and higher display quality than LCD. ‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫ ﺗﺼﻠﺢ ﻟﻠﺤﺠﺎم اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮة ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺎت اﻟﻌﺮض‬، ‫ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻏﺎز اﻟﺒﻼزﻣﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﯾﻦ اﻟﺼﻮرة‬ ‫(ارﺧﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺎت‬LCD).  Display resolution: • Describes the sharpness and clarity of image • The higher the resolution, the sharper the image and the more that can display on the monitor  Video adapter card: ‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎت‬

Figure (3.4): Video adapter card

Video standards:

Table (3.1): the video standards


47


 -

Two important factors should considered ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻼن‬ ‫أﺳﺎﺳﯿﺎن ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮاﻋﺎﺗﮭﻤﺎ‬ the resolution of the screen ‫دﻗﮫ اﻟﻮﺿﻮح‬ the depth of the colors ‫أﻻ ﻟﻮان‬

Table (3.2): resolution & color depth

3.2.2- Printers: ‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎت‬ Electrical devices used to print the output on papers, printers connected to the computer through interface. ‫اﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮرق‬ Two basic technologies dominate the world of computer printers: Impact and non-impact printers. 3.2.2.1 Impact Printers: When part of the printer presses the paper to form the character, the printer is conisdered as impact printer. ‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌ ﺎت اﻟﺘﺼ ﺎدﻣﯿﺔ وﺗﻌﻤ ﻞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ط ﺮق اﻟﺸ ﺮﯾﻂ اﻟﻤﺤﺒ ﺮ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻮرﻗ ﺔ ﻻﻧﺘ ﺎج‬. . ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ وﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻈﺮوف اﻟﺒﯿﺌﯿﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺤﺮارة واﻟﺮطﻮﺑﺔ واﻻھﺘﺰاز‬ 

Dot Matrix Printer: ‫وﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس اﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﻄﯿﺔ وﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‬ ‫وﻟﻌﺪة ﺳﺦ وھﻲ ﺑﻄﯿﺌﺔ وﻣﺰﻋﺠﮫ اﻟﺼﻮت‬


48


Figure (3.5): Dot Matrix Printing

 line printer: ‫ﺗﺘﻢ طﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺳﻄﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﮭﻲ ﺳﺮﯾﻌﺔ ﺟﺪا ﺣﯿﺚ ﺗﻘﺎس اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﻌﺪد اﻻﺳﻄﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﯿﻘﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة‬  High-speed impact printer that prints entire line at a time  Speed measured by number of lines per minute (lpm) it can print  Band printe`r prints fully-formed characters using a hammer mechanism  Shuttle-matrix printer is high-speed printer that works more like a dot-matrix printer

Figure (3.6): line Printer


49


3.2.2.2 Non-impact printers: Are most widely used for PCs today, It can produce both text and graphics. Because nothing strike the paper, its quite  Inkjet printer (also called bubble-jet printers): (non impact printers) ‫ﻧﻔﺎﺛﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ وﺗﻜﻮن ﺳﺮﯾﻌﺔ وﻏﯿﺮ ﺗﺼﺎدﻣﯿﮫ وﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻌﺎدي اﻟﻐﯿﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ وﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ‬

Figure (3.7): Ink jet printer

 Lazier printers: (non impact printers) ‫ﻟﯿﺰارﯾﮫ ﺳﺮﯾﻊ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻨﯿﺔ اﻟﻠﯿﺰر اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

Figure (3.8): Lazier printer



Thermal printer: are the best color printers, the best thermal printer is the dye sublimation printers ‫ﺣﺮارﯾﺔ وﻣﻦ‬ (‫اﻓﻀﻞ أﻧﻮاع اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎت اﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ أﻓﻀﻠﮭﺎ )اﻟﺪاي ﺳﺐ ﻟﻤﯿﺸﻦ‬


50


Figure (3.9): Thermal printer



3.2.3-

Multifunction printers: combine inkjet or laser printers with scanner and a copy machine ‫طﺎﺑﻌﺎت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ‬

Plotters:

‫اﻟﺮاﺳﻤﺔ وﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺨﺮاﺋﻂ وﺑﺎﺣﺠﺎم ﻛﺒﯿﺮة‬

Figure (3.9): Thermal printer

3.2.4-

Speakers: ‫ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎت‬Audio output devices

 Computer component that produces music, speech, and other sounds  Speakers and headsets are common devices


51


CH 4

Systems and Application Software ‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم او اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ وﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻘﺎت‬ Model A SystemsSoftware • • •

Computer program - sequences of instructions for the computer ‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ او ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﮭﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ اﻻﻟﻲ‬ Documentation - describes program functions ‫وﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﺼﻒ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ وﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺗﮫ‬ Systems software - coordinates the activities of hardware & programs ‫ھﻲ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺴﺆﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ادارة وﺗﻨﺴﯿﻖ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻻﺟﮭﺰة ﻣﻊ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻘﯿﺔ‬: ‫ﺑﺮاﻣﯿﺠﺎت اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬

4.1- Operating System (O.S) ‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ‬ Aset of programs that coordinates, control and manage all activities among computer hardware resources, and the user interface. ‫اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺴﺆول ﻋﻦ أداره وﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﯿﮫ وﺗﺒﺎدل اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﯿﻦ أﻻ ﺟﮭﺰه واﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‬ (‫واﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )واﺟﮭﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬


52


  

The computer’s O.S keeps traffic running smoothly ‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ ﯾﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﺮور اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﯿﻦ أﺟﺰاء اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺳﮭﻞ وﺳﻠﺲ‬ A computer can’t run without an O.S ‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ﻻ ﯾﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺪون اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ‬ The O.S is usually stored on the computer’s hard disk ‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ ﯾﺤﺰن ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ When you turn on a computer, the computer copies the essential portions of the O.S (Kernel or supervisor program) into the computer memory, the kernel is called Memory resident, the other portion of O.S called the nonresident, and copied to the memory when needed. ‫ﯾﻘ ﻮم اﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻋﻨ ﺪ اﻟﺘﺸ ﻐﯿﻞ ﺑﻨﺴ ﺦ اﻷﺟ ﺰاء اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﯿﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻟﺘﺸ ﻐﯿﻠﻲ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮة وﯾﺴ ﻤﻰ‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﻘﯿﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة (آﻣ ﺎ ﺑ ﺎﻗﻲ ﺑ ﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻟﺘﺸ ﻐﯿﻠﻲ ﻓﺘﺒﻘ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻘ ﺮص اﻟﺼ ﻠﺐ )وﯾﺴ ﻤﻰ اﻟﻐﯿ ﺮ‬ .‫ﻣﻘﯿﻢ ( وﯾﺘﻢ ﻧﺴﺨﮭﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‬ Booting: A process of starting or restarting a computer  Cold boot: Process of turning on a computer after it has been poweredoff completely.  Warm boot: Process of restarting a computer that is already powered on

The functions of the O.S:‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﯿﺎت اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ‬ 4.1.1 Managing Programs ‫أداره اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‬  Single-tasking: ‫اﻟﻤﮭﺎم اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺮدة او اﻻوﺣﺎدﯾﺔ‬ Earlier O.S can run only one application program at a time. ‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ اﻟﺬي ﯾﺸﻐﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻘﻲ واﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ‬  Multitasking: ‫ﺗﻌﺪدﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﮭﺎم واﻟﻮاﺟﺒﺎت‬ O.S enable user to work with two or more program at once, one application is called foreground application is active, the other one called background application is inactive. This is called cooperative multitasking.  Foreground contains active application - the one you currently are using  Background contains inactive programs that are running but are not in use


53


‫ﺗﺸ ﻐﯿﻞ اﻛﺜ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﺑﺮﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ اﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ اﻷول ﯾﻜ ﻮن ﻓ ﻲ واﺟﮭ ﺔ اﻟ ﺬاﻛﺮة وھ ﻮ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻌﺎل واﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ أو اﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﯾﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﯿﺔ وﯾﻜﻮن ﻏﯿﺮ ﻓﻌ ﺎل وﯾﻤﻜ ﻦ اﻻﻧﺘﻘ ﺎل ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ إﻟ ﻰ أﺧ ﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﯾ ﻞ ﺑ ﯿﻦ اﻟﺒ ﺮاﻣﺞ ﺑﻮﺳ ﻄﮫ اﻟﻔ ﺄرة وﻟﻘ ﺪ ط ﻮرت ھ ﺬه اﻟﺘﻘﻨﯿ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﯿﺚ ﻻ ﯾﺘﻢ إﻋ ﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻼﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺒﺔ إذا ﻣ ﺎ ﺣﺼ ﻞ أي إﺷ ﻜﺎل أو ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻓ ﻲ ﺑﺮﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺟﮭ ﺔ ﻓﻘ ﻂ ﯾ ﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﯾ ﻞ إﻟ ﻰ ﺑﺮﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﯿ ﺔ ﺑﺼ ﻮره ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮة ﺣﯿ ﺚ اﻧ ﮫ ﻓ ﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺴ ﺎﺑﻖ ﻛ ﺎن ﯾﻀ ﻄﺮ إﻟ ﻰ أﻋ ﺎده ﺗﺸ ﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺒﺔ إذا ﺣ ﺪث أي ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻓ ﻲ ﺑﺮﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺟﮭﺔ‬  Timesharing: ‫اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ أو ﺗﻌﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﯿﻦ‬ More than one user can use the same computer or application simultaneously. ‫اﺳ ﺘﺨﺪام اﻛﺜ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﺨﺺ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﯿ ﻮﺗﺮ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ اﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ أي اﻟﻤﺸ ﺎرﻛﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ‬ ‫واﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت وﻣﺼﺎدر اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت واﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ‬  Multithreading: Enable the computer to execute more than one task in a single program. Programmers must divide a program into distinct tasks called threads. ‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ واﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻮاﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺰم ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ واﻟﺨﺰن‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬  Multiprocessing: The use of two or more processor at a time (SMP) Symmetric multiprocessing. ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ ﺣﯿﺚ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎم‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ أﻻ داره واﻟﺴﯿﻄﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت‬ 4.1.2 Managing Memory ‫أدارة اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬ Optimizes the use of random access memory (RAM). The O.S gives each running program its own portion of the memory called partition. ‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ ﯾﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﯾﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﮫ أو ﻣﻮﻗﻌﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬ • allocates, or assigns, data and instructions to area of memory while they are being processed • monitors contents of memory • clears items from memory when processor no longer requires them

4.1.3 Handling Input & Output ‫أداره وﺣﺪات اﻹدﺧﺎل واﻹﺧﺮاج‬ The O.S handles and manages the I/O devices. These devices generate interrupts signals ‫ إﺷﺎرة ﻣﻘﺎطﻌﮫ‬that inform the O.S that some thing has happened (the user has pressed a key); the O.S provides interrupt


54


‫‪which is a mini programs that control the‬ﻣﺘﺤﻜﻢ إﺷﺎرة اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺎطﻌﺔ ‪handler‬‬ ‫‪interrupt signals.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﻢ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺄداة ﻣﻌ ﺪات اﻹدﺧ ﺎل واﻹﺧ ﺮاج ﺣﯿ ﺚ ﺗﻮﻟ ﺪ ھ ﺬه اﻷﺟﮭ ﺰة إﺷ ﺎرة‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎطﻌ ﮫ ﺗﻌﻠ ﻢ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻟﺘﺸ ﻐﯿﻠﻲ ﺑﺤ ﺪوث ﺷ ﻲء ﻣ ﺎ ﻣﺜ ﻞ إدﺧ ﺎل رﻗ ﻢ ﻋ ﻦ طﺮﯾ ﻖ ﻟ ﻮح‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻔ ﺎﺗﯿﺢ وﺑ ﺬﻟﻚ ﯾﻘ ﻮم اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻟﺘﺸ ﻐﯿﻠﻲ ﺑﺘﺠﮭﯿ ﺰ ﺑﺮﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻠ ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﮭ ﺬه اﻹﺷ ﺎرة ﯾﺴ ﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻹﺷﺎرة ‪.‬‬ ‫‪The O.S needs device drivers (Device drivers contain specific‬‬ ‫‪information about a particular brand and model).‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ ﯾﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ﺷﻐﯿﻞ وﺣﺪات اﻻدﺧﺎل واﻻﺧﺮاج وھ ﺬه اﻟﺒ ﺮاﻣﺞ‬ ‫ﺗﺴ ﻤﻰ ﻣﺸ ﻐﻼت اﻻﺟﮭ ﺰة ‪ ،‬اﻏﻠ ﺐ ﻧﻄ ﻢ اﻟﺘﺸ ﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﯿ ﺔ ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻣ ﺰودة ﺑﻤﺜ ﻞ ھ ﺬه‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﯾﺮ اﻻﺟﮭﺰة واﻟﻤﻌﺪات‬

‫واﺟﮭﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم واﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﮫ ‪4.1.4 User interface:‬‬ ‫‪Controls how you enter data and instructions and how information‬‬ ‫‪displays on screen. It's the part of the O.S that interacts with the‬‬ ‫‪user, some times called shell.‬‬ ‫واﺟﮭﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﮫ واﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم وھﻮ ﺟﺰء اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم واﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﮫ‬ ‫اﻧﻮاع واﺟﮭﺎت اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻊ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﮫ ‪Types of user interface:‬‬ ‫‪1- Command-line interface:‬‬ ‫‪Using the keyboard to tell the computer what to do‬‬ ‫طﺒﺎﻋ ﮫ اﻻواﻣ ﺮ اﻟﻤ ﺮاد ﺗﻨﻔﯿ ﺬھﺎ ﺑﻮاﺳ ﻄﮫ ﻟﻮﺣ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻔ ﺎﺗﯿﺢ وھ ﺬا ﯾﺘﻄﻠ ﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓ ﮫ ﺑ ﺄواﻣﺮ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ وﻛﯿﻔﯿﮫ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﺴﺎر اﻻﻣﺮ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‬ ‫‪2- Menu -driven user interface:‬‬ ‫‪Select from a text based menu that show all the option available‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻻﻣﺮ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬه وذﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﻗﺎﺋﻤﮫ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﮫ‬ ‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫‪3- Graphic user interfaces (GUS):Computer programs or files‬‬ ‫‪can be represented by icons‬‬ ‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺜﯿﻞ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ واﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ اﯾﻘﻮﻧﺎت ﻟﻐﺮض اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﯿﺢ اﻟﻔﺄره‬ ‫‪Every O.S provides a default user interface which accepts user commands‬‬ ‫‪and provides messages in response.‬‬

‫‪55‬‬



‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ واﺟﮭﺔ اﺗﺼﺎل رﺋﯿﺴﯿﮫ او اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﯿﻜﯿﮫ ﯾﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﯿﮭﺎ وﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ واﺣﮭﺎت اﺧﺮى‬ User interface functions: All three types of user interfaces enable the user to do the following: ‫اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﯿﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮھﺎ واﺟﮭﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬ 1- Gain access (log on) by user name and password 2- Start application programs (launch) 3- Manage disks and files 4- Shut down the computer safely

4.2 Types of O.S ‫اﻧﻮاع ﻧﻈﻢ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬ 4.2.1- UNIX: Developed at AT&T’s Bell laboratories in early 1970s, is a pioneering O.S that has the following features  first O.S with preemptive multitasking ‫اول ﻧﻈﺎم اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺧﺎﺻﯿﮫ اداره‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪده‬  efficient in a secure ‫ﻛﻔﺎءة ﻋﺎﻟﯿﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎل اﻟﺴﺮﯾﮫ واﻣﻨﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬  support net working (client / server computing) ‫ﯾﺪﻋﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‬  support multiprocessing ‫ﯾﺪﻋﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬

4.2.2- MSDOS: Or DOS for short is an O.S for Intel-based PCs that uses the command line User interface ‫ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﺳﺒﺎت اﻧﺘﻞ وﺑﺎﺳﻠﻮب طﺒﺎﻋﮫ اﻻواﻣﺮ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﯿﮫ واﻟﺘﻨﻔﯿﺬﯾﮫ‬ 4.2.3- Mac OS: For Macintosh PCs ‫ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﺳﺒﺎت ﻣﺎﻛﻨﺘﻮش‬ 4.2.4- Microsoft Windows 3.x: used for Intel based PCs with GUI interface , this O.S used with 80386 microprocessor that offer a new mode called protected mode that enable user to access virtually unlimited amounts of memory (windows 95,97,98,200,ME) ‫ﺟﯿﻞ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم دوس ﻣﻄﻮر ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺎﯾﻜﺮوﺳﻮﻓﺖ وﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﺳﺒﺎت اﻧﺘﻞ وﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم واﺟﮭﺔ‬ (‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﯿﮫ )اﯾﻘﻮﻧﺎت‬ 4.2.5- Microsoft Windows NT: is a specifically designed for client/server systems consist of two component called :‫ﺻﻤﻢ ﺧﺼﯿﺼﺎ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎت اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﮫ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع اﻧﺘﻞ وھﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﯿﻦ‬


56


Windows NT Workstation: is designed for individual desktop computers; it’s faster than Win 95-98 by as much as 30 percent. %30 ‫ ﺑﺤﻮاﻟﻲ‬98 ‫ﺻﻤﻢ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎت اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﮫ وھﻮ اﺳﺮع ﻣﻦ‬ Windows NT Server: is design to support networks and has the following benefits: :‫ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﻢ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﻻداره اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت وﺑﺎﻻﺧﺺ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﯿﮫ وﯾﻤﺘﺎز ﺑﻤﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ‬ 1.Security ‫اﻟﺴﺮﯾﺔ‬ 2.Remote administration ‫اﻻداره ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ 3.Directory services ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎت اﻻدﻟﮫ‬ 4.Web server ‫ﻣﺨﺪم ﺟﺒﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ 4.2.6- Linux: a new version of Unix that is used for Intel-based PCs , including Macintosh ‫ﻧﻈﺎم ﻟﻮﻧﻜﺲ وھﻮ ﺟﯿﻞ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ وﻣﻄﻮر ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﯾﻮﻧﻜﺲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﺳﺒﺎت اﻧﺘﻞ وﻣﺎﻛﻨﺘﻮش‬ ‫وﯾﺘﻤﯿﺰ ﺑﻘﻮﺗﮫ وﺳﺮﻋﺘﮫ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﯿﮫ وﺑﺎﻻﺧﺺ ﻓﻲ اداره اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺠﯿﺎت اﻟﺼﻮرﯾﮫ واﻟﺤﺮﻛﯿﮫ‬  

powered the PCs on which the movie’s animations very fast

This O.S is powerful & free, powerful because its includes all respected features of UNIX (multitasking, virtual memory, internet support, multiprocessing). Free because it is distributed using the open software foundation’s General Public License (GPL). ‫ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ ﻗﻮي ﺟﺪا ﻻﻧﮫ ﯾﻮﻓﺮﻛﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺠﯿﺪه ﻣﺜﻞ ﯾﻮﻧﻜﺲ وﻏﯿﺮه وﻣﺠﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻻﻧﮫ وزع ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺠﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﻘﻨﯿﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‬ 4.3 System Utilities ‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت او اﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪه‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺪ زودت اﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺪﯾﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت وﻛﻤﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ‬ 1- Backup: utilities are an essential part of safe, efficient computer usage. They copy data from the computer’s HD to backup media ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﮫ اﺿﺎﻓﯿﮫ طﺒﻖ اﻻﺻﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت‬ 2- Antivirus Software: also called (vaccines) protect a computer from viruses ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻛﺸﻒ وﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﯾﺮوﺳﺎت‬ 3- File Compression: Utilities to reduce the size of a file by as much as 50%


57


‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻟﻐﺮض ﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻰ ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ اﻟﻨﺼﻒ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻤﺔ اﺟﺰاء اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺒﻌﺜﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ ‪4- Disk defragmentation programs:‬‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺮص واﻋﺎدة ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﯿﺤﺔ وﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎءﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻌﺜﺮة اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺜﺮه اﻻﺟﺮاءات‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ واﻟﺤﺬف وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ‬

‫‪Model B‬‬ ‫‪Application Software‬‬

‫‪58‬‬



4.4 Applications software: Programs that perform specific tasks for users, also called a software application or an application.Several reasons to use application software ‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻘﺎت ﻋﻲ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﮭﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﮫ‬ o To assist with graphics and multimedia projects Graphics and multimedia ‫دﻋﻢ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم واﻟﻮﺳﺎءط اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪدة‬ o To serve as a productivity/business tool Business support (enterprise) ‫دﻋﻢ اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺴﺎت واﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎت‬ o To support household activities, for personal business, or for educationPersonal support ‫اﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‬ o To facilitate communications: Group support ( Net work) ‫دﻋﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﺎﻣﯿﻊ‬

4.4.1- Programming Languages ‫ﻟﻐﺎت اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ‬


59


They are not natural languages; they are artificial language to tell the computer what to do. They are consist of a set of rules called (syntax) ‫ ﺑﻞ ھﻲ ﻟﻐﺎت‬، ‫ﻟﻐﺎت اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻟﻐﺎت طﺒﯿﻌﯿﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﮭﺎ اﻟﻨﺎس ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺤﺪث‬ ‫اﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﯿﮫ ﺑﻨﯿﺖ ﺑﻄﺮﯾﻖ ﻣﺪروﺳﺔ وﺑﺘﺄﻧﻲ ﺷﺪﯾﺪ ﻟﺘﻮﺟﯿﮫ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ واﻋﻼﻣﮫ ﻣﺎذا‬ syntax ‫وﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻨﻤﻔﺮدات ﻟﻐﻮﯾﺔ وﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻮاﻋﺪ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ‬.‫ﯾﻔﻌﻞ‬  1st Generation programming languages (1GL): ‫ﻟﻠﻐﺎت اﻟﺠﯿﻞ اﻻول‬ The earliest computers didn’t have programming language; computer had to be programmed in the computer language. ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺪاﯾﺔ ﻟﻢ ﯾﻜﻦ ھﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻟﻐﺎت ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎن ﯾﺘﺤﺘﻢ اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ وھﻲ ﻟﻐﮫ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻨﺔ‬  Machine language: consist of binary numbers 0s and 1s that directly correspond to the computer electrical states. Each type or family of processor requires its own machine language for this reason, it is said to be machine-dependent (also called hardwaredependent). Used the ASCII (American Standard Code for Information Interchange) ‫ اي ارﻗﺎم ﺛﻨﺎﺋﯿﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺮور اﻟﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑ ﺎﺋﻲ ﺑ ﺪواﺋﺮ اﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺒﺔ‬1 ‫ و‬0 ‫ﻟﻐﮫ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻧﻮاع اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت ﯾﺘﻄﻠ ﺐ ﻟﻐ ﺔ ﻣﺎﻛﻨ ﺔ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑ ﮫ ﻟ ﺬﻟﻚ ﺳ ﻤﯿﺖ ھ ﺬه اﻟﻠﻐ ﺔ‬، ‫اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‬ machine dependent ‫ﺑﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻨﺔ‬  2nd Generation programming languages (2GL): ‫ﻟﻐﺎت اﻟﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬ The first programming language to break programmer’s dependence on machine language was the;  assemble language it’s resemble to machine language in that it’s machine dependent and closely tied to what goes on inside the computer, it’s called low level language. It consists of set of instruction for each processor. Before an assembly language can be run on a computer, it must be translated into machine language, the program is a text file called source code, and the source code is translated into machine language by an assembler. ‫ ﻟﻐﺎت اﻟﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺮﯾﺒﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﮫ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﯿﻞ اﻻول ﻣﻦ ﻟﻐﺎت‬:( ‫ﻟﻐﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻮاطﻰء )ﻟﻐﮫ اﻟﺘﺠﻤﯿﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ وھﻲ ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت وﻗﺪ ﺳﻤﯿﺖ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ‬ . ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻮاطﻰء ﻻﻧﮫ ﯾﺘﺤﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﯾﺪور او ﻣﺎ ﯾﺤﺪث داﺧﻞ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬


60


‫ﻗﺒﻞ ان ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ﻟﻐﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻤﯿﻊ ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﺤﻮﯾﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ اﻟﻰ ﻟﻐﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻨﺔاي‬ ‫( اﻟﻰ ﻟﻐﮫ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﯾﻔﮭﻤﮭﺎ‬source code) ‫ﺗﺤﻮﯾﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺬي ھﻮ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﺼﻲ اﺳﻤﮫ‬ .‫اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬  3rd generation programming languages: (3GL)‫ﻟﻐﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‬ High level languages, they are procedural languages that tell the computer what to do, and there is no need for programmers to understand the intimate details of how the computer processes data. Like (COBOL, BASIC, FORTRAN, and BASCAL) ‫ وھﻲ ﻟﻐﺎت اﺟﺮاﺋﯿﺔ وﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﻠﻐﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻻﻧﮫ ﻻ ﯾﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ‬: ‫ﻟﻐﺎت اﻟﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ ﻓﮭﻢ وﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت داﺧﻞ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ اي ﻟﯿﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﺮوري ان ﯾﻜﻮن‬ ‫ ﺑﯿﺴﻚ ( و‬، ‫ ﻛﻮﺑﻮل‬، ‫ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬، ‫ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻐﺔ )اﻟﻔﻮرﺗﺮان‬. ‫اﻟﻤﺒﺮﺟﻢ ﯾﻌﺮف ﻟﻐﮫ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻨﺔ او ﻟﻐﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻤﯿﻊ‬ (Modular language) ‫( اواﻟﻤﻌﯿﺎرﯾﮫ‬structure language) ‫ھﺬه اﻟﻠﻐﺎت ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻟﻐﺎت ﻣﮭﯿﻜﻠﺔ‬

Compiler: ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺮﺟﻢ‬ Is a translation program that translates all the source code into object code (a file that contains instruction in a specific computer machine language). With some compilers, it’s necessary to use a program called linker or assembler to transform the object code into executable program. ‫ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻐﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﯾﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ وﺗﺤﻮﯾﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت‬: ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺮﺟﻢ‬ ‫( وﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﯾﺤﻮل اﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬي ﺑﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﯾﺘﻢ‬object code) ‫( اﻟﻰ‬source code) ‫ﻓﮭﻤﮭﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ‬ Interpreter: it translates one line of the source code at a time and executes the translated instruction. It’s run programs more slowly than programs compiled into object code. They are helpful tools for learning and debugging. ‫ وھﻮ‬، ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﯾﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺧﻂ او ﺻﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ً اﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬي‬ ‫( وﯾﺴﺘﺤﺪم ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ﻛﺸﻒ وﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‬compiler) ‫اﺑﻄﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺘﺮﺟﻢ اﻻول‬ ‫( اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‬Debugger) ‫اﻻﺧﻄﺎء‬  4th Generation programming languages: (4GL)


61


They are nonprocedural languages, like Database languages that include report generator and query languages. It’s called SQL (Structured query languages), like (DB3, DB4, FOXPRO, etc). ‫ وھﻲ ﻟﻐﺎت ﻏﯿﺮ اﺟﺮاﺋﯿﺔ وﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﻠﻐﺎت ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﮫ ﺑﻨﺎء‬: ‫اﻟﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ‬ .‫واﻋﺪاد اﻟﺘﻘﺎرﯾﺮ واﻻﺳﺘﻔﮭﺎم او اﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼم واﺳﺘﺨﻼص اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت‬ ‫وھﺬه اﻟﻠﻐﺎت ﺗﻜﻮن ﻗﺮﯾﺒﺔ اﻟﻰ اﻟﻠﻐﺎت اﻻﻋﺘﯿﺎدﯾﺔ او اﻟﻄﺒﯿﻌﯿﺔ‬ 

Object-Oriented Programming: (OOP) A new approach to programming called (OOP), In this language the problem of having update many programs is solved by eliminating the distinction between programs and data.

‫وھﻲ طﺮﯾﻘﺔ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﺟﺪﯾﺪه ﺗﻢ ﻓﯿﮭﺎ ازاﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻤﯿﺰ واﻻﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ واﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻏﯿﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ وﺑﺬﻟﻚ اﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ اﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺚ واﻟﺘﻄﻮﯾﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺣﯿﺚ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺧﺰن اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ھﺬه اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت‬ Object:Is a unit of computer information that contains data as well as the procedures or operation, called (methods) . ‫وﺣﺪه ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت وﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﮫ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ھﺬه اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت‬

4.4.2- Special-purpose programs‫اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺠﯿﺎت ذات اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺨﺎص وﻗﺪ ﺻﻤﻤﺖ ھﺬه اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ ﻟﻐﺮض ﺗﻘﺪﯾﻢ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﺑﺮﻣﺠﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻت‬ ‫اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﯾﺔ واﻟﻌﻠﻤﯿﺔ واﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﯿﺔ وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ وﻣﻨﮭﺎ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ‬ 1- SOHO software: ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اداره اﻋﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﯿﺖ‬ Small office/home office is one of the fastest-growing businesses software of today economy. This software has the following capabilities.  Employee training  Management consulting  Commercial debt negotiation  Desktop video publishing  Home inspection  Telecommuting 2- Bookkeeping Software‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻮﺛﯿﻖ اﻟﻤﺮاﺳﻼت واﻟﻜﺘﺐ وﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻻﻧﺸﻄﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﯾﺔ‬ 3- Contact managers ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻات وﯾﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺴﻜﺮﺗﯿﺮ اﻟﻰ‬ 4- Personal information managers (PIMs)‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ‬Decision Support systems (DSS) ‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ﻧﻈﻢ دﻋﻢ اﻟﻘﺮارات ودﻋﻢ ﺻﺎﻧﻌﻲ اﻟﻘﺮار‬ 5- Project Managers‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اداره اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﯾﻊ‬


62


6- Fax Software ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬ 7- Voice Mail ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺒﺮﯾﺪ اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬ 8- Tax software‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺿﺮﯾﺒﯿﺔ‬ 9- Genealogy software ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ دراﺳﮫ اﻟﺠﯿﻨﺎت‬ 10- Education software (Edutainment)‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﯿﺔ وﺗﺮﻓﯿﮭﯿﺔ‬

CH 5


63


Multimedia & Virtual reality (‫اﻻوﺳﺎط اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪدة واﻟﺤﻘﯿﻘﮫ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﯿﮫ )اﻟﻮھﻤﯿﮫ‬ 5.1 Multimedia: ‫اﻻوﺳﺎط اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪدة‬ Is any representation that involve two or more media, such as text, graphics, or sound like movies, TV show The multimedia H/W can be represented by (CD-ROM drivers, sound card, speakers). A multimedia presentation may be involved some or all of the following: ‫ وھﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﺪات واﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺠﯿﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻤﺜﯿﻞ اﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ وﺳﻂ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﺺ ورﺳﻢ او ﺻﻮت‬:‫اﻷوﺳﺎط اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪدة‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎت‬، ‫ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ اﻗﺮاص ﺳﻲ دي‬، ‫ وﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﺪات اﻻوﺳﺎط اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪدة ﻣﻦ )ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت‬، ‫ﻣﻊ ﺻﻮرة‬ .‫وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ( أدﻧﺎه ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺠﯿﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﮭﺬا اﻟﻐﺮض‬ - bit-mapped graphics ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم‬ - vector graphics ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم‬ - edited photographs ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ادﺧﺎل اﻟﺼﻮر وﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﮭﺎ‬ - 3 dimensional images ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺼﻮر واﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﯿﺎت ﺛﻼﺛﯿﮫ اﻻﺑﻌﺎد‬ - edited video‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻻﻓﻼم اﻟﻔﺪﯾﻮﯾﺔ‬ - synthesized sound‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺼﻮﺗﯿﺎت اﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ‬ The multimedia resources saved as digitized files, these files however required a huge amounts of storage spaces. To reduce the size of multimedia files most software uses compression /decompression algorithms called codecs. ‫أن ﻣﺼﺎدر أﻻ وﺳﺎط اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪدة ﺗﺨﺰن ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت رﻗﻤﯿﮫ وﻟﻜﻮﻧﮭﺎ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻛﺒﯿﺮه اﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﻓﺄﻧﮫ ﯾﺘﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ وﻗﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﮫ ﻟﮭﺬا اﻟﻐﺮض ھﻲ‬، ‫ﺿﻐﻂ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻗﺮاص ﺳﻲ دي‬ .‫) ﻛﻮدﯾﻜﺲ (واﻟﺘﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﺗﻘﻨﯿﺘﯿﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ھﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﯿﻦ ادﻧﺎه‬ Codecs use two different approaches to compression: 1- Lossless compression: the original file is compressed so that it can be completely restored without flaw when decompressing occurs. ‫ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﺄن اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻻﺻﻠﻲ ﯾﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ وﻻﯾﻔﻘﺪ اي ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎﺗﮫ ﻋﻨﺪ رﻓﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬


64


2- Lossy compression: the original file is processed so that some information is permanently removed without any perceived when people see pictures or hear sounds. ‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻻﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻜﻦ ﯾﺘﻢ رﻓﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻐﯿﺮ ﻣﺆﺛﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ واﻟﻐﯿﺮ ﻣﻠﺤﻮظﺔ‬ 5.2 Paint programs: ‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﯿﺎت‬ ‫وھﻨﺎﻟﻚ اﻟﻌﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﯿﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺨﺎﺳﻮب اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ وﺑﻌﺪة ھﯿﺌﺎت ﻣﻨﮭﺎ‬ 1-

Graphics Interchange Format (GIF): A 256-color file format Use lossless compression Best for simple images with large areas of sold colors Used for web pages

2- Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) - Store up to 16.7 million colors - Best for complex images - Use lossy compression - Used for web pages 3- Portable Network Graphics (PNG) - A new alternative to GIF - Compression is optional - Used for web pages 4-Windows Bitmap (BMP) by Microsoft - A standard bit-mapped graphic format - Compression is optional - Large files - Used for web pages

5.3 Image Editors: ‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ادﺧﺎل اﻟﺼﻮر‬ Are sophisticated versions of paint programs designed for editing and transforming but not creating complex bit-mapped images, such as photographs. A lot of software was used in this field such as Adobe Photoshop. ‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺼﻮر ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺘﻄﻮرة واﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪة اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺼﻮر ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ واﻟﻄﺒﯿﻌﯿﺔ‬ ‫ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ادوﺑﻲ‬،‫وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ‬ 5.4 Drawing programs: ‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم‬


65


Are used to create vector graphics, in which each on-screen object is stored as a complex mathematical description. ‫وھﻲ ﺑﺮاﻣﺢ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪة واﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎﻛﺮو ﻣﯿﺪﯾﺎ وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﯿﻦ ادﻧﺎه‬ Those drawing programs such as Macromedia Freehand and Adobe Illustrator, save files by outputting instruction in the postscript language, which is an automated Page description language (PDL) . 5.5 Animation Programs: ‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ واﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬ Consists of a series of still images displayed at a frame rate high enough to create the illusion of movement. In computer animation, the computer provides tools for creating the animation as well as running it. 5.6 Video Editor: ‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻻﻓﻼم اﻟﻔﺪﯾﻮﯾﮫ‬ Enable you to modify digitized video, and to save files to the following video file formats: ‫ھﺬه اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ ﺗﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻦ ادﺧﺎل وﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﻔﺪﯾﻮﯾﺔ وھﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻋﺪة ھﯿﺌﺎت ﻟﮭﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺒﯿﻦ ادﻧﺎه‬  Moving Pictures Experts Group (MPEG) , (MPEG2) - Lossy compression standards for full motion video - High resolution - Use DVD-ROM discs  Quick Time developed by Apple Computer (Quick Time-3) - Plays full screen - Broadcast- quality video and CD  -

Video for Windows called (AVI) developed by Microsoft windows Plays full screen Broadcast-quality video

5.7 Audio Software: ‫اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺼﻮﺗﯿﺔ‬ For processing sound for multimedia presentation with mixer and compression Software, with the following format: ‫ھﻲ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﯿﺪ اﻟﺼﻮت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ‬  MP3: Also known as (MPEG3), using 12:1 of compress  Sun/Next (AU) Sounds  WAV Sounds


66


CH 6 Telecommunication& Network ‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت واﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‬ Model A Telecommunication 6.1- Computer communications? Process in which one computer transfers data, instructions, and information to another computer(s), Communications system contains many types of devices: o personal computers o notebook computers o Web-enabled cellular telephones o Web-enabled handheld computers o WebTV™ o GPS receivers


67


What is needed for successful communications? o sending device o communications device o communications channel o communications device o receiving device 6.1.1- Telephone lines: Most of telephone lines provide an analog connection, based on standards that date back more than a century. The old system was called public switched telephone network (PSTN). Now telephone system uses advanced switching technology to create an end-to-end circuit between any two telephones in the world. ‫ان اﻏﻠﺐ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒﺪأ ارﺳﺎل واﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻻﺷﺎره اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﯿﺔ واول ھﺬه اﻟﻨﻈﻢ ھﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﺒﯿﻦ اﻋﻼه‬ (PSTN) ‫أﻻن ﻧﻈﻢ اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت )اﻟﮭﺎﺗﻒ( اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﺗﻘﻨﯿﺎت ﺣﺪﯾﺜﮫ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻت وﻣﻨﮭﺎ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﯿﺔ‬ 6.1.2- Type of telephone: 6.1.2.1- Local Exchange Carriers (LECs) also called telcos ‫ﻧﻈﺎم‬ ‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﯿﺔ‬ Is network of local connection is called local access and transport area (LATA).changing electrical signal that matches the acoustics of the human voice these telephone are linked to subscriber loop carriers (SLCs) by means of copper wire called twisted pair. ‫وھﻲ ﻧﻈﻢ اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت او ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﯿﺔ اي ﺿﻤﻦ رﻗﻌﺔ ﺟﻐﺮاﻓﯿﺔ ﺻﻐﯿﺮة وﻣﺤﺪودة واﻟﺘ ﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻤ ﻞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﻐﯿ ﺮ اﻻﺷ ﺎرة اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿ ﺔ اﻟ ﻰ اﺷ ﺎرة ﺻ ﻮﺗﯿﺔ ﺗﺸ ﺒﮫ ﺻ ﻮت اﻻﻧﺴ ﺎن وﺗ ﺮﺑﻂ ھ ﺬه اﻟﺸ ﺒﻜﮫ‬ ‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻘﺴﻤﺎت)ﺑﺪاﻻت( وﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻻﺳﻼك اﻟﻨﺤﺎﺳﯿﺔ اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﯿﻞ‬ 6.2.1.2- Long-Distance Transmission Media ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت او اﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺒﻌﯿﺪة اﻟﻤﺪى‬ This transmission facilities are provide at the beginning by interexchange carrier (IXC)that provide regional and long-distance services, including the following: ‫ھﺬه اﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻋﺪه ﺗﻘﻨﯿﺎت ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻻﺷﺎرة ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎت وﻛﻤﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ‬


68


6.1.3- Wire Transmission:Wire, cable, and other tangible (touchable) materials used to send and receive communications signals. 6.1.3.1- Twisted pair:Transmission media used by telephone system and network cabling Specially conditioned copper wire called T1carriers can handle as many as 24 voice calls simultaneously or up to (1.544 Mbps) of computer data. ‫ ﻣﯿﻜﺎﺑﺖ‬1.544 ‫ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اي ﻣﺎ ﯾﻌﺎدل‬24 ‫اﻟﻜﯿﺒﻼت اﻟﻨﺤﺎﺳﯿﺔ وﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ ﻧﻘﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ‬ Twisted-pair wire Twisted-pair cable

Figure(6.1): Twisted-pair wire

6.1.3.2- Coaxial cable: Single copper wire surrounded by at least three layers, often used for cable television wiring. Consists of a wire Single copper wire surrounded by at least three layers. Often usedfor cable television wiring.

Woven or braided metal

Copper wire

Plastic outer coating Insulating material Figure(6.2): Coaxial cable


69


6.1.3.3- Fiber-optic cable: A type of cable that transmits databy means of pulses of light. Contains core of dozens or hundreds of thin strands of glass or plastic. Uses light to transmit signals. T3 carriers can handle 672 voice calls or (43 Mbps) of computer data. ‫ ﻣﯿﻜﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬43 ‫ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ او ﻣﺎﯾﻌﺎدل‬672 ‫ﻛﯿﺒﻼت اﻻﻟﯿﺎف اﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﯿﺔ وﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ ﻧﻘﻞ‬

Figure (6.3): Fiber-optic cables

Table (6.1): Types of Cable and LAN


70


6.1.4- Wireless Transmission:Send communications signals through air or space. Used when inconvenient, impractical, or impossible toinstall cables 6.2.Infrared: Wireless transmission media that sends signals using infrared light waves, Requires line-of-sight transmission. Many computers and devices have an IrDA port that enables transfer of data using infrared light rays. 6.3.Microwave station: • High-frequency radio waves called microwaves handled much of the long-distance telephone services. It used relay stations for every 30 miles because microwaves must travel in a straight line. • Earth-based reflective dish that contains antenna, transceivers, and other equipment necessary for microwave communications • Uses line-of-sight transmission, Must transmit in straight line with no obstructions between microwave antennas ‫ﻣﺼﺎدر اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﺮووﯾﻒ وھﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﺎت رادﯾﻮﯾﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﺮدد ﺗﻨﻘﻞ اﻻﺷﺎره واﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﻠﻔﻮﻧﯿﺔ‬ ‫ ﻣﯿﻞ ﻻن اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎت اﻟﻤﻜﺮووﯾﻒ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ اﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﺑﺨﻄﻮط‬30 ‫وﺗﺰود ﺑﻤﺤﻄﺎت ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺔ ﻛﻞ‬،‫ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎت طﻮﯾﻠﺔ‬ .‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻤﺔ‬

Figure (6.4): Microwave station


71


•

Communications satellite: Satellites are position in geosynchronous orbits. It uses a multiplexing technology that sends more than one call on a single line.Space station that receives microwave signals from an earth-based station, amplifies the signals, and then broadcasts the signals back over a wide area to any number of earth-based stations.

‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﻋﺒﺮ اﻻﻗﻤﺎراﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﯿﺔ وﺗﺪور ھﺬه اﻻﻗﻤﺎر ﺣﻮل اﻻرض ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪارات ﻣﺤﺪدة ﺣﯿﺚ ﯾﺘﻢ ارﺳﺎل‬ ‫اﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺨﻂ اﻟﻮاﺣﺪ‬

Figure(6.5): Satellite

Table (6.2): Types Wireless transmission


72


Because telephone services are offered by thousand of companies, standard are needed to ensure that services. The telecommunication standards are governed by the International Telecommunication Union (ITU) based in GenevaSwitzerland, a division of United Nations. ‫ﻟﻘﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﺗﻘﻨﯿﺎت اﺧﺮى ﻏﯿﺮ اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﯿﺔ وﻟﻜﻮن ﺧﺪﻣﺎت اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺗﻘﺪم ﻣﻦ اﻻف اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎت‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻧﮫ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﺮوري اﯾﺠﺎد ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺔ ﻗﯿﺎﺳﯿﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪھﺎ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎت اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬، ‫ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬ -‫وھﺬه اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺔ اﻗﺮت ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺗﺤﺎد اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻻﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة وﻣﻘﺮه ﻓﻲ ﺟﯿﻨﯿﻒ‬، . ‫ﺳﻮﯾﺴﺮا‬ As we learned most phones are analog devices tied to local loop’s twisted-pair wiring, but there are other way to access the system. ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﺄن ﻣﻌﻀﻢ اﺟﮭﺰة اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﯿﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ ھﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺗﻘﻨﯿﺎت اﺧﺮى اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻟﮭﺬا‬ ‫اﻟﻐﺮض ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ادﻧﺎه‬ 1- private Branch Exchange (PBX) ‫اﻟﺒﺪاﻻت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ اﻟﺸﻔﺮات ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﮭﺎ‬ 2- Cellular Telephones ‫اﻟﮭﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﺨﻠﻮي‬ 3- Leased Lines ‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺄﺟﺮه‬

6.4- MODEMS:‫اﻟﻤﻮدم‬ • Communications device that converts computer's digital signals to analog signals and analog signals to digital signals • ISDN and DSL use digital modem with a digital telephone line ‫ھﻲ اﻻﺟﮭﺰه اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻮل اﺷﺎره ارﻗﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻰ اﺷﺎرة ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻠﯿﺔ ﻟﯿﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﻘﻠﮭﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻟﮭﺎﺗﻒ‬

Figure (6.6): Modem


73


Modem: mo + dem Modulate To convert a digital signal into an analog signal

Demodulate To convert an analog signal into a digital signal

How Modems work: ‫ﻛﯿﻒ ﯾﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﻮدم‬ Using a process called modulation; a modem transforms the computer’s digital signals into analog tones that can be conveyed through the telephone system. On the receiving end the process used is demodulation, in which the other modem transforms this signal from analog back to digital (modulation and demodulation). ‫ﺑﺎﺳ ﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﻤﻠﯿ ﺔ اﺳ ﻤﮭﺎ )ﻣﻮدﻟﯿﺸ ﻦ( ﯾ ﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻮﯾ ﻞ اﺷ ﺎرات اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿ ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ ﻞ اﻟ ﻰ اﺷ ﺎرات ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻠﯿ ﺔ‬ ‫وﻣ ﻦ ﺛ ﻢ ﯾ ﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻮﯾ ﻞ اﻻﺷ ﺎرة اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﯿ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ‬، ‫ﺗﺘﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﻢ اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت )اﻟﮭﺎﺗﻒ( او اﻟﻨﺎﻗ ﻞ‬ ‫ ﻋﻤﻠﯿ ﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻮﯾ ﻞ‬.(‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ اﻟﻰ اﺷﺎره رﻗﻤﯿﺔ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﺳﻤﮭﺎ) دﯾﻤﻮدﻟﯿﺸﻦ‬ . ‫ﻣﻦ رﻗﻤﻲ واﻟﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻠﻲ وﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﻤﻮدم‬

6.4.1- Types of modems:


‫اﻧﻮاع اﻟﻤﻮدم‬

74


1- Internal modem: Is design to fit in one of computers expansion slots, it gets its power from the computer’s expansion bus. ‫اﻟﻤ ﻮدم اﻟ ﺪاﺧﻠﻲ وھ ﻮ ﻋﺒ ﺎرة ﻋ ﻦ ﻛ ﺎرت اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧ ﻲ ﯾﺜﺒ ﺖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻜ ﺎرت اﻻم ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻔﺘﺤ ﺎت اﻟﺘﻮﺳ ﻌﯿﺔ‬ ‫وﯾﺴﺘﻤﺪ ﻗﻮﺗﮫ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮة اﻟﺒﺎﺻﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ‬ 2- External modem : Has its own case and power supply, which is more expensive ‫اﻟﻤﻮدم اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ وﯾﻜﻮن ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ وﯾﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﺒﻮرت‬ 6.4.2- Asynchronous communication: ‫ﺷﺒﻜﮫ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻼﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻦ او اﻟﻼﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ‬ Is a method of networking used by Modems. In this method, data is sent one bit at a time, in a series (1 after 1). So that the receiving computer can tell where one Byte ends and the next one begins. ‫وھﻲ طﺮﯾﻘﮫ رﺑﻂ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﮭﺎ اﻟﻤﻮدم ﺣﯿﺚ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻓﯿﮭﺎ ارﺳﺎل ﺑﺖ واﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻮاﺣﺪ وﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ﯾﺮﺳﻞ اﻟﺒﺖ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ وھﻜﺬا وﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﯾﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‬

6.4.3- Modulation Protocols: ‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﻮدم‬ Are standards, set by international standards organizations. ‫وھﻲ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻘﯿﺎﺳﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ واﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪة ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﮫ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﯿﮫ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت وﻛﻤﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ‬ 1- V.90: enables modems to communicate at a maximum rate of 56Kbps 2- V.34: enables a rate of 28800 bps 6.4.4- Fax: ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬ Enables you to send an image of a document over the telephone lines to any one who has an f ax machine. The sending fax makes a digital image of the document, using a built-in modem, the sending fax convert the image to an analog representation so that it can be transmitted through the analog telephone system. the receiving fax convert the analog signal into digital and then to an image of the document and prints the document. ‫وھ ﻮ ﺟﮭ ﺎز ارﺳ ﻞ اﻟﻮﺛ ﺎﺋﻖ واﻟﺼ ﻮر ﻋﺒ ﺮ ﺧﻄ ﻮط اﻟﮭ ﺎﺗﻒ ﺣﯿ ﺚ ﯾ ﺘﻢ ﺗﺼ ﻮﯾﺮ اﻟﻮﺛﯿﻘ ﮫ اﻟﻤﻄﻠ ﻮب ارﺳ ﺎﻟﮭﺎ‬ ‫ ﺛ ﻢ ﯾﻌ ﺎد‬، ‫ﻛﺄﺷ ﺎرة رﻗﻤﯿ ﺔ ﺗﺤ ﻮل اﻟ ﻰ أﺷ ﺎرة ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻠﯿ ﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳ ﻄﺔ ﻣ ﻮدم ﻣﻮﺟ ﻮد داﺧ ﻞ اﻟﺠﮭ ﺎز وﯾ ﺘﻢ ارﺳ ﺎﻟﮭﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﯾﻠﮭﺎ اﻟﻰ اﺷﺎرة رﻗﻤﯿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﮭﺎز اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ وطﺒﺎﻋﺘﮭﺎ‬ Fax protocols govern transmission at 9.6kbps (V.29) & 14.4kbps (V.17)


75


‫ ﻛﯿﻠﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﮫ‬14.4 ‫ و‬9.6 ‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻت اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺤﺪود‬

6.4.5- Bandwidth: ‫ﻣﺪى اﻟﺘﺮدد‬ Is the data transfer capacity of a transmission medium, it’s determined by (Mbps, Gbps). This is used for the digital telephone technologies (ISDN & DSL), sometimes called last mile technologies which use twisted-pair wiring. ‫وﻟﻘ ﺪ اﺳ ﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ‬. ‫ھﻲ ﺳﻌﮫ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ اوﺳﺎط اﻟﻨﻘﻠﻮ ﯾﻘﺎس ﺑﺎ ﻣﯿﻜﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ او ﻛﯿﻜﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻘﯿﺎس ﺳﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﻢ اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺮﻗﻤﯿﺔ وھﺬه اﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ اﻻﺳﻼك اﻟﻨﺤﺎﺳ ﯿﮫ اﻟﻤﺰدوﺟ ﺔ‬ . ‫ﻟﻠﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‬ 6.5- Digital transmission systems: ‫ﻧﻈﻢ اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺮﻗﻤﯿﺔ‬ 6.5.1- Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN): ‫وھﻲ اﺣ ﺪى ﻣﻮﺻ ﻔﺎت اﻻﺗﺼ ﺎﻻت اﻟﺮﻗﻤﯿ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤ ﺪة ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻻﺗﺤ ﺎد اﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻻﺗﺼ ﺎﻻت وھﻨﺎﻟ ﻚ ﺛﻼﺛ ﮫ‬ : ‫اﻧﻮاع ھﻲ‬  Basic Rate ISDN (BRI) Design for home and small business user, this service offer one or two 64 Kbps, as well as a 16 Kbps signaling channel, use twisted-pair wiring ‫ ﻛﯿﻠﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬64 ‫ﺻﻤﻤﺖ ﻟﻠﺒﺪاﻻت اﻟﺼﻐﯿﺮة او اﻟﺒﯿﺘﯿﺔ وﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻘﺴﻤﯿﻦ ﺑﺤﺠﻢ‬  Primary Rate ISDN (PRI): Design for organization, this service includes 23 channels operation at 64 Kbps. It require T1 carrier (1.544Mbps) ‫ ﻛﯿﻠﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬64 ‫ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺤﺠﻢ‬32 ‫ﺻﻤﻤﺖ ﻟﻠﺒﺪاﻻت اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮه اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﮫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎت وﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﺤﺪود‬  Broadband ISDN (BISDN): A high technology that require fiber-optic cable, the data transfer rate is high with maximum of 622 Mbps. . ‫ ﻛﯿﻠﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬622 ‫ﺗﻘﻨﯿﺔ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺣﺪﯾﺜﮫ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻛﯿﺒﻼت ﻓﺎﯾﺒﺮ اوﺑﺘﻚ وﺑﺤﺠﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ‬ 6.5.2- Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) or (ADSL) ‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﺗﺼﺎل رﻗﻤﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻲ‬ Is used for metropolitan markets, very fast up to (1.5Mbps), and is linked to (ISDN) ‫ ﻣﯿﻜﺎﺑ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿ ﮫ‬1.5 ‫ﺗﻘﻨﯿ ﺔ اﺗﺼ ﺎﻻت ﺳ ﺮﯾﻌﺔ ﺟ ﺪا ﺗﺴ ﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠ ﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﻌﻮاﺻ ﻤﻲ وﺑﺤ ﺪود‬ ‫وﯾﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﯿﺔ‬ 6.5.3- SONET


76


Requiring fiber-optic cable Synchronous Optical Network, with transfer rate of (52Mbps) some enable (1Gbps) also known as (SDH) Synchronous Digital Hierarchy, used fiber-optic cables ‫ﻛﯿﻜﺎ ﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ وﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻔﺎﯾﺒﺮ اوﺑﺘﻚ ﻛﯿﺒﻞ‬1 ‫ ﻣﯿﻜﺒﺖ اﻟﻰ‬52 ‫ﺗﻘﻨﯿﺔ ﺣﺪﯾﺜﺔ ﺟﺪا وﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺤﺪود‬

Alternatives to digital telephony ‫ﺑﺪاﺋﻞ ﻧﻈﻢ اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺮﻗﻤﯿﺔ‬ ‫ھﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﮫ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﻢ اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺮﻗﻤﯿﮫ اﻟﺒﺪﯾﻠﮫ ﻣﺜﻞ‬  Direct Broadcast Satellite (DBS)  Cable Modems  Electrical Power System Computers as telephones ‫ﻟﻘ ﺪ ﺗﻤﻜ ﻦ اﻟﻤﮭﻨﺪﺳ ﻮن ﻣ ﻦ ﺟﻌ ﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿ ﻮﺗﺮ ﯾﺴ ﺘﺤﺪم ﻛﺠﮭ ﺎز ﺗﻠﻔ ﻮن وذﻟ ﻚ ﻋﺒ ﺮ اﻣﻜﺎﻧﯿ ﺎت اﻟﺸ ﺒﻜﮫ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﯿ ﮫ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت )اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﯿ ﺖ ( ﺣﯿ ﺚ ﻗﺎﻣ ﺖ اﻟﻌﺪﯾ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺎت اﻻﺗﺼ ﺎﻻت ﺑﺘ ﻮﻓﯿﺮ ﺧﺪﻣ ﮫ‬ ‫اﻻﺗﺼ ﺎل اﻟﮭ ﺎﺗﻔﻲ ﻋﺒ ﺮ ھ ﺬه اﻟﺸ ﺒﻜﮫ وذﻟ ﻚ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺘﺨﺪام ودﻣ ﺞ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﯿ ﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﮫ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼ ﺎﻻت ﻋﺒ ﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﮫ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﯿﮫ‬

Model B Computers Networks ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ اﻵﻟﻲ‬ A Computer network links two or more computers so that they can exchange data and share resources, including printers. ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺗ ﺮﺑﻂ ﺣﺎﺳ ﺒﺘﯿﻦ او اﻛﺜ ﺮ ﻣ ﻊ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺑﺤﯿ ﺚ ﺗﺘﺒ ﺎدل اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧ ﺎت وﺗﺘﺸ ﺎرك ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤﺼ ﺎدر‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎت وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ‬ 6.6- Types of computer networks: ‫اﻧﻮاع ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ‬ 6.6.1- Local Area Network (LAN): ‫ﺷﺒﻜﮫ اﻟﺘﺨﺎطﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﯿﮫ‬ - use direct cables or localized wireless radio or infrared signal to link computers - cover small geographic area


77


6.6.2- Metropolitan Area Network (MAN): ‫ﺷﺒﻜﮫ اﻟﺘﺨﺎطﺐ اﻟﻌﻮاﺻﻤﯿﮫ )ﺑﯿﻦ‬ (‫ﻣﺪﯾﻨﺘﯿﻦ‬ - uses high-speed fiber optic lines to connect computers - transfer rate of 155Mbps

6.6.3- Wide Area Network (WAN):(‫ﺷﺒﻜﮫ اﻟﺘﺤﺎطﺐ اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﮫ )اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﯿﮫ‬ - use long distance transmission media including telecommunication network - Internet is the best example Network advantages: ‫ﻓﻮاﺋﺪ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‬ 1234-

Reducing hardware cost ‫ﺗﻘﻠﯿﻞ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﯿﻒ اﻟﻤﻌﺪات‬ Enabling shared application ‫اﻣﻜﺎﻧﯿﮫ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻛﮫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻘﺎت‬ Building massive information resources ‫ﺑﻨﺎء ﻣﺼﺎدر ﺿﺨﻤﮫ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬ Connecting people‫رﺑﻂ اﻟﻨﺎس ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ‬

6.7- Switching and Routing Techniques: ‫ﺗﻘﻨﯿﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻮﯾﻞ‬ The messages travel from one computer to another by means of switching, Network used to basic switching technologies: 6.7.1- Circuit Switching ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻮﯾﻞ اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ In circuit switching the network creates a physical, end-to-end circuit between the sending and receiving computers same as voice network. A high-speed electronic switch handles the job of establishing a connection. 6.7.2- Packet switch ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻮﯾﻞ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ او اﻟﺤﺰﻣﻲ‬ This technique is different from telephone technique. In packet switching an outgoing message is divided into data units of fix size, called packets. Each packet is numbered and addressed to the destination computer; the sending computer pushes the packets onto the network, where they’re examined by routers ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‬. Routers are computer -based devices that examine each packet they detect. Advantages:


78


   

Packets switching is more efficient than circuit switching ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻮﯾﻞ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻌﻲ او اﻟﺤﺰﻣﻲ اﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﻔﺄه‬ Less expensive than circuit switching ‫اﻗﻞ ﻛﻠﻔﮫ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﯾﻠﻲ‬ Packet switching networks are more reliable ‫ﯾﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﯿﮫ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‬ Routers may be able to find alternative pathways for the data to reach the destination. ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﯾﻮﻓﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ اﻟﺠﮭﮫ اﻻﺧﺮى‬

6.8- Protocols: Are the standards that are fixed, formalized exchanges that specify how two dissimilar networks components can establish communication. 6.8.1-Network protocol layers: ‫طﺒﻘﺎت ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‬ Network is so complex; the engineers divided network architecture into separate layers. Each of which has a function that can be isolated and treated separately from other layers. Application layer Presentation layer Session layer Transport layer Network layer Data link layer Physical layer

7 Software 6 5 4 3 2 1 Hardware

6.9 Network H/W: Network interface card (NIC) Card inserted into expansion slot of personal computer or other device, enabling it to connect to a network. To connect to LAN, computer most be equipped with special hardware, which is (NIC), this card is design to work with LAN cables and protocol.


79


NIC for desktop computer

Figure (6.7): NIC

6.10- Network communications technologies Specific combinations of hardware and software that allow different devices on several types of networks to communicate • Ethernet:LAN technology that allows personal computers to contend for access to networkBased on bus technology. • Token ring:LAN technology that controls access to network by requiring network devices to share or pass a special signal, called a token. Device with token can transmit data over network. Only one token exists per network Based on ring topology, although it can use star topology. • TCP/IP:Short for transmission control protocol/Internet protocol • Transmits data by breaking it up into packets. Commonly used for Internet transmissions. • WAP: Allows wireless mobile devices to access Internet and its services. Wireless device contains client software, which connects to Internet service provider's server.

6.11- Network connections: ‫رﺑﻂ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‬ 6.11.1- Peer-to-Peer network (P2P): ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت زوج ﻟﺰوج‬ o Small network that shares hardware, data, or information located on any other computer in network o Each computer stores files on its own storage devices o all computers on this network are equal no., there is no server


80


o Enables users with same networking software to connect to each other’s hard disks and exchange files directly.

Figure (6.8): peer-to-peer connection

6.11.2- Client-Server networks: ‫ﺷﺒﻜﮫ اﻟﻤﺨﺪم واﻟﺰﺑﻮن‬ • Network in which one or more computers act as a server and other computers on the network can request services from server • Clients are the entire computer connected to the file server.


81


client

client

laser printer

client

server

Figure (6.9): Client-server networks

6.11.3- Local Area network (LAN): Network in limited geographical area such ashome, school computer laboratory, or office building

Figure (6.10): LAN networks

‫وھﻲ طﺮﯾﻘﮫ رﺑﻂ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺘﺨﺎطﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﯿﺔ‬ 6.11.4 

Wide area network (WAN): Network that covers large geographic area Internet is world’s largest WAN


82


communications satellite

Figure (6.11): WAN networks

6.12- Network Topologies: ‫اﺳﺎﻟﯿﺐ رﺑﻂ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‬ • Configuration, or physical arrangement, of devices in a communications network • Networks usually use combinations of three topologies

6.12.1- Bus topology: also called daisy chain ‫طﺮﯾﻘﮫ رﺑﻂ اﻟﺒﺎص‬  Consists of a single central cable, to which all computers and other devices connect  Bus is physical cable or backbone  Inexpensive and easy to install


83


personal computer

personal computer

personal computer

personal computer

personal computer

Figure (6.12): Bus topology

6.12.2- Star topology ‫طﺮﯾﻘﮫ رﺑﻂ اﻟﻨﺠﻤﮫ‬ • All devices connect to a central computer, called the hub • All data transferred from one computer to another passes through hub PC

PC

PC Host computer PC File server printer Figure (6.13): Star topology


84


6.12.3- Ring topology: ‫طﺮﯾﻘﮫ رﺑﻂ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﮫ‬ • Cable forms closed ring, or loop, with all computers and devices arranged along ring • Data travels from device to device around entire ring, in one direction

Figure (6.14): Ring topology

What is Hub: A device that provides a central point for cables in a network

Figure (6.15): Hobs


85


6.13- LAN protocols: popular lower layer of the LAN protocols Protocol Name

Local Talk Ethernet(10 base5) & (10 base2) Ethernet (10 base T) Fast Ethernet (100 base T) Gigabit Ethernet IBM Token Ring Network

Data Transfer Rate 230.4 kbps 10Mbps

Physical Media

10 Mbps 100Mbps 100 Mbps (1Gbps) 4-16 Mbps

Topology

Twisted pair Coaxial cable

Bus Bus

Twisted-pair cable Twisted-pair & Fiber-optic Fiber-optic

Star

Twisted-pair

Star

Star Star

Table(6.3): LAN protocols

6.12.1- The middle layers include the following: ‫اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل واﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﺮاﻣﺠﯿﺎت اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل‬ 1- TCP/IP: These are the core Internet Protocols (transmission control protocol/internet protocol). Does not require a specific type of computer. 2- IPX/SPX: These Protocols were developed by Novell for network that connect personal computers and link them to larger computers that function as file servers. 3- NetBIOS/NetBEUI: Developed by IBM & Microsoft. These protocols compete with IPX/SPX. 4- Apple Talk: Developed by Apple computer, these protocols are widely use on network connecting Macintosh computers.

6.14- WAN Protocols:Like any computer network WANs use protocols.  X.25 is the oldest packet switching protocol for WAN, is optimized for dial-up connections, offer speeds of 9.6 to 64 kbps, it carry point-to-point connection.  SMDS (Switching Multi-megabit Data Service is the new protocols designed for 100 percent digital lines. Enable much faster data transfer rate up to 155 Mbps.


86


6.14.1- WAN application: ‫ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻘﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﮫ وان‬ WAN enable companies to use many of the same application, you’ll use on the Internet, such as (E-mail, conferencing, document exchange, and remote database access). This focuses on the ways to take advantage of a WAN’ superior security. ‫ﺷﺒﻜﮫ وان ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ واﻟﻌﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎت ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻘﺎت ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷ ﺒﻜﮫ اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﯿ ﺖ ﻣﺜ ﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺮﯾﺪ اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ وﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ‬ o LAN-to-LAN Connections ‫اﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺘﺨﺎطﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﯿﮫ‬ o Transaction Acquisition ‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼم او ﺗﺒﺎدل اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬ o Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) ‫ﺗﺒﺎدل اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﮫ‬ How WANs Work: ‫ﻛﯿﻒ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﮫ وان‬ WANs are like long-distance telephone systems. WANs have two amounts to a local access number, called a point of presence (POP), and long-distance trunk lines, called backbones. 6.14.2- Point of Presence (POP): Is a WAN network connection point that enables customers to access the WAN by means of a local analog telephone call (using modem) or a direct digital hookup that enable a continuous, direct connection. A WAN called Tymnet has over 1,000 local points of presence in the United States. It used the following media:  A 56-kbps leased line ,end-to-end connection between two point  ISDN from 56 to 128 kbps (basic Rate ISDN) or 1.5 Mbps (primary Rate ISDN), using twisted–pair cables.  ADSL, provide 1 Mbps access  Permanent virtual circuit (PVC), is a new local connection services, use a type of packet switching known as Frame relay. 6.14.3-Backbones: Is the high-capacity transmission limes that carry WAN traffic, some are regional, connecting towns, other are continental or even transcontinental.


87


Ch 7 The Internet (World Wide Web) & E-Commerce

7.1 The Internet is like many other technologies, it provides a wide range of services, some of which are effective and practical for use today, others are still evolving, and still others will fade away from lack of use.Originally developed as a document-management system, the World Wide Web is a menu-based system that is easy to use for personal and business applications. ‫اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧ ﺖ واﺣ ﺪة ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﯿ ﺎت اﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﻮﺑﯿﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻘ ﺪم اﻟﻌﺪﯾ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺨ ﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﯿﺎﺗﻨ ﺎ اﻟﯿﻮﻣﯿ ﺔ ﻓﻘ ﺪ‬ . ‫اﻧﺸﺄت ﻛﻨﻈﺎم ﻻدارة اﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ واﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‬ Before the Internet and the World Wide Web become universally used and accepted for business use, management issues; service and speed issues; and fraud, security, and unauthorized Internet sites must be addressed and solved. 7.2 Hypermedia: Connects data on pages, allowing users to access topics in whatever order they wish. Hypermedia documents are created using Hypertext Markup Language. Hypertext Markup Language is the standard page description language for the Web. The HTML tags let the browser know how to format the text. Users mark up a page by placing HTML tags before and after a word or words. HTML documents can be created using a text editor, such as Notepad. If a person uses a text editor they must type in text as well as the HTML tags to create the HTML document. Word processing programs such Microsoft Word can be used to create and save a file in a HTML format so that it can be viewed on the Web. Using Microsoft Word, create the following table of Web site locations and Web site URLs. Web Sites Monster Yahoo Travelocity eBay


Web Site URLs www.monster.com www.yahoo.com www.travelocity.com www.ebay.com

88


7.3- The common Internet services ‫اھﻢ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬      

e-mail ‫اﻟﺒﺮﯾﺪ اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ Web browsing ‫اﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬ file transfer ‫ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‬ chat ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎدﺛﺔ‬ message board ‫ﻣﺮﻓﺄ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ instant messaging ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻔﻮرﯾﺔ‬

7.4- History of the Internet: ‫ﺗﺄرﯾﺦ اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ARPANET: Advanced Research Project Agency ‫ وﻗ ﺪ اﻧﺸ ﺄت وط ﻮرت‬. ‫اول ﺷ ﺒﻜﺔ اﺗﺼ ﺎﻻت ﺗﺴ ﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺤﻮاﺳ ﯿﺐ اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺒ ﺎدل اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت‬ ‫ اﻻﺳ ﻢ ھ ﻮ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎر ل)وﻛﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻣﺸ ﺎرﯾﻊ اﻟﺒﺤ ﻮث ﻓ ﻲ‬،‫ﻛﻤﺸ ﺮوع ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﺸ ﺎرﯾﻊ وزارة اﻟ ﺪﻓﺎع اﻻﻣﺮﯾﻜﯿ ﺔ‬ ARPA .(‫اﻟﺒﻨﺘﺎﻏﻮن‬  Networking project by Pentagon’s Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPA)  Became functional September 1969 Goal:  To allow scientists at different locations to share information  To function if part of network were disabled ‫اﻟﮭﺪف ﻣﻨﮭﺎ ﺗﻤﻜﯿﻦ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء واﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺸﺎرك ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬ How has the Internet Grown?  1969Four host nodes  1984More than 1,000 host nodes  TodayMore than 100 million host nodes Nobodycontrols the Internet; it is public, cooperative, and an independent network. Several organizations set standards.

‫ﻻ اﺣﺪ ﯾﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻛﻮﻧﮭﺎ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ وﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ وﻟﻜﻦ ھﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻋﺪة ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻓﺮ اﻟﺨ ﺪﻣﺎت‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‬ World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)


89


• •

Oversees research, sets standards and guidelines Tim Berners-Lee, director

Internet2 (I2) • Internet-related research and development project • Develops and tests advanced Internet technologies

7.5- How the Internet Works ‫ﻛﯿﻒ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ 7.5.1- Access the Internet ‫ﯾﺘﻢ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل اﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﻣﺠﮭﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ‬ Regional ISP ‫ﻣﺠﮭﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ اﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ اﻗﻠﯿﻤﻲ‬  National ISP ‫ﻣﺠﮭﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ اﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‬  OSP(Ex. AOL)‫ﻣﺠﮭﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ اﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻲ‬  Wireless Internet Service Provider ‫ﻣﺠﮭﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ اﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬ • Hosts • Routers forward packets to other networks • Internet Protocol Stack (TCP/IP) – Internet Protocol (IP) – Transport Control Protocol (TCP) • Backbones 7.5.2- connect to the Internet  Dial-up access  Digital subscriber line (DSL) and cable modem  Very high-speed connection 7.5.3- Steps to Connect to the Internet 1. Request data from the server on Internet. 2. Modem converts digital to analog signals 3. Data travels through telephone lines to a local ISP. 4. Data passes through routers. 5. Regional ISP uses leased lines to send data to a national ISP. 6. National ISP routes data across the country. 7. National ISP passes data to local ISP. 8. Server sendsdata back to you.


90


Regional ISP

Step 3

Step 5

Step 1 Step 2

Step 4 National ISP

Step 6

Local ISP Internet backbone

Step 8 Step 7 National ISP Figure ( 7.1): How internet works

7.5.4- Internet protocol (IP) address: The number that uniquely identifies each computer or device connected to Internet

IP address

199.95.72.10

Last part identifies specific computer

First part identifies network


91


7.5.5- Domain name: Is the text version of IP address

IP address

199.95.72.10

Domain name

scsite.com

7.5.6- The World Wide Web:      

A worldwide collection of electronic documents Also called the Web Each document is called a Web page Can contain text, graphics, sound, video, and links to other Web pages A Web site is a collection of related Web pages

Web browser: Program that allows you to view Web pages Like: • Netscape • Internet Explorer

 establish a connection and start the Web browser 1:Click the Web browser program name 2:If necessary, connect to Internet 3:Connection to the Internet occurs and a home pagedisplays


92


Figure (7.2): establish a connection and start the Web browser

 hyperlink: Text or graphic that displays a related Web page Also called a link

How can you identify a hyperlink (link) on a Web page?  Mouse pointer changes to a small hand when you point to a link  Click the link to display the associated Web page  Link can be a word, phrase, or image

Mouse pointer changes to a small hand


93


7.5.7- The URL: Unique address for Web page located on Web server. ‫اﻟﻌﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﻮﺣﺪ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ Hypertext transfer protocolHost Network Name

http://www.nationalgeographic.com/travel/index.html World Wide WebDomain category



E-mail address: Combination of user name and domain name that identifies user so he or she can receive e-mail

‫اﻟﺒﺮﯾﺪ اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ User name or user-ID (A unique combination of characters that identifies you)

[email protected] at

Domain name (Identifies the mail server)

 FTP:File Transfer ProtocolInternet standard that allows you to upload and download files with other computers on Internet. ‫اﺗﻔﺎﻗﯿﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﻋﺒﺮ اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻛﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ او ﺗﻨﺰﯾﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻣﻨﻮاﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬


94


 search engine: Program used to find Web pages Pertaining to a specific topic ‫ ﺑﺮﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺘﺨﺼ ﺺ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ واﯾﺠ ﺎد ﻣﻮاﻗ ﻊ او ﺻ ﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﻌﯿﻨ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺷ ﺒﻜﺔ‬:‫ﻣﺎﻛﻨ ﺔ اﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ‬ ‫ وھﻮ ﻧﻮﻋﺎن‬. ‫اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ Search text  Word or phrase entered in search engine’s text box, Also called a keyword. Spider 

Program used by search engines to find Web pages that contain search text, also called a crawler or bot.

7.6 The six basic types of Web pages ‫اﻻﻧﻮاع اﻻﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬  Advocacy‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺪﻓﺎع واﻟﺘﺄﯾﯿﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺪﻓﺎع ﻋﻦ اﻟﺤﯿﻮاﻧﺎت‬  Business/marketing ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت اﻻﻋﻤﺎل واﻟﺘﺴﻮﯾﻖ‬  News‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت اﻻﺧﺒﺎر‬  Portal ‫اﻟﺒﻮاﺑﺎت ﻣﺜﻞ ﯾﺎھﻮ وﻛﻮﻛﻞ‬  Informational‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﯿﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ وﯾﻜﯿﺒﯿﺪﯾﺎ‬  Personal ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت او ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ ﺷﺨﺼﯿﺔ‬ Servicesthat found on a portal ‫اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﮭﺎ اﻟﺒﻮﺑﺎت‬ 

Search engine


95


‫‪Local , national, and worldwide news‬‬ ‫‪Sports and weather‬‬ ‫‪Free personal Web pages‬‬ ‫‪Shopping malls and auctions‬‬ ‫‪Maps‬‬ ‫‪Stock quotes‬‬ ‫‪E-mail‬‬ ‫‪Chat rooms‬‬ ‫‪Reference tools‬‬ ‫‪Calendars‬‬ ‫‪Instant messaging‬‬ ‫‪Newsgroups or message boards‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺠﺎرة اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺔ ‪7.7- Electronic Commerce‬‬ ‫‪Financial business transaction that occurs over an electronic‬‬ ‫‪network such as the Internet‬‬ ‫اﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺒﺎدﻻت اﻟﻤﺎﻟﯿﺔ واﻟﺘﺠﺎرﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎت ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪The types of e-commerce:‬‬ ‫‪7.7.1- Business to business(B-to-B or B2B):Businesses providing goods‬‬ ‫‪and servicesto other businesses‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎدل اﻟﺘﺠ ﺎري ﺑ ﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴ ﺎت وﻋﺒ ﺮ ﺷ ﺒﻜﺔ اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧ ﺖ ﺣﯿ ﺚ ﺗﻘ ﻮم وﺣ ﺪات اﻷﻋﻤ ﺎل ﺑﺎﺳ ﺘﺨﺪام ﺷ ﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت وﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﯿﺎ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻟﺘﻘﺪﯾﻢ طﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺸﺮاء إﻟﻰ ﻣﻮردﯾﮭﺎ وﺗﺴﻠﯿﻢ اﻟﻔﻮاﺗﯿﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤ ﺎ ﺗﻘ ﻮم ﺑ ﺈﺟﺮاء‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﺪة ﻣﺜﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻮاﺑ ﺎت اﻟ ﺪﻓﻊ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿ ﺔ‪ .‬وﯾﻌﺘﺒ ﺮ ھ ﺬا اﻟﺸ ﻜﻞ ﻣ ﻦ أﻛﺜ ﺮ‬ ‫أﻧﻮاع اﻟﺘﺠﺎرة اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺔ ﺷﯿﻮﻋﺎ وﯾﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﯿﻦ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎت اﻷﻋﻤﺎل داﺧﻞ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ‪ ،‬أو ﻣﻊ ﻣﺆﺳﺴ ﺎت اﻷﻋﻤ ﺎل‬ ‫ﺧﺎرج اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﯿﺚ ﯾﺘﻢ إﺟﺮاء ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﯾﺔ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺎ ً ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﺎدل اﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺎ ً ‪.‬‬ ‫‪7.7.2- Business to consumer(B-to-C or B2C):Sale of goods to general‬‬ ‫‪public‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺒﺎدل اﻟﺘﺠﺎري ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎت واﻟﻤﺴﺘﮭﻠﻜﯿﻦ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺣﯿ ﺚ ﺗﻮﺟ ﺪ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺷ ﺒﻜﺔ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧ ﺖ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﯿﺔ ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ ﻟﻤﺮاﻛﺰ ﺗﺠﺎرﯾﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة ﯾﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﮭﻠﻚ وﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ اﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻘﮭﺎ إﺗﻤ ﺎم ﻋﻤﻠﯿ ﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺒﯿﻊ واﻟﺸﺮاء ﻓﯿﻤﺎ ﺑﯿﻨﮭﻤﺎ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺎ ً ‪ .‬وﺗﻘﻮم ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻮاﻗﻊ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﯾﻢ ﻛﺎﻓ ﺔ أﻧ ﻮاع اﻟﺴ ﻠﻊ واﻟﺨ ﺪﻣﺎت‪ ،‬ﻛﻤ ﺎ ﺗﻘ ﻮم‬ ‫ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻮاﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺮاض ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺴﻠﻊ واﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ وﺗﻨﻔﺬ إﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺒﯿﻊ واﻟﺸﺮاء‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﯾﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗ ﺎت اﻻﺋﺘﻤ ﺎن ﻣ ﻦ أﺟ ﻞ إﺗﻤ ﺎم ﻋﻤﻠﯿ ﺎت اﻟﺒﯿ ﻊ واﻟﺸ ﺮاء‪ ،‬ﺣﯿ ﺚ ﯾﻌﺘﺒ ﺮ اﺳ ﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻄﺎﻗ ﺎت اﻻﺋﺘﻤ ﺎن ﻓ ﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﺪﻓﻊ أﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﯿﻮﻋﺎ ً واﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﺎ ً ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﮭﻠﻚ وﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎت اﻷﻋﻤﺎل‪ ،‬إﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ إﻟ ﻰ إﯾﺠ ﺎد وﺳ ﺎﺋﻞ دﻓ ﻊ‬ ‫إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺔ أﺧﺮى وﻣﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ واﺳﻊ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺸﯿﻜﺎت اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺔ ودﻓﻊ اﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﺴ ﻠﯿﻢ‪ ،‬أو أي طﺮﯾﻘ ﺔ‬ ‫أﺧﺮى ﯾﺘﻢ اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻋﻠﯿﮭﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﯿﻦ أﺻﺤﺎب اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪96‬‬



‫‪7.7.3- Business to Government (B-to-G or B2G):‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺒﺎدل اﻟﺘﺠﺎري ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎت واﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺣﯿﺚ ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﻌﺮض اﻹﺟﺮاءات واﻟﻠﻮازم واﻟﺮﺳﻮم‬ ‫وﻧﻤﺎذج اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺤﯿﺚ ﺗﺴ ﺘﻄﯿﻊ ﻣﺆﺳﺴ ﺎت اﻷﻋﻤ ﺎل أن ﺗﻄﻠ ﻊ ﻋﻠﯿﮭ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿ ﺔ وأن ﺗﻘ ﻮم ﺑ ﺈﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻣﻼت إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿ ﺎ ً ﺑ ﺪون اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻣ ﻊ ﻣﻜﺎﺗ ﺐ اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴ ﺎت‬ ‫واﻟﺪواﺋﺮ اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﯿﺔ‪ ،‬وﺗﻘ ﻮم اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣ ﺔ اﻵن ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤ ﻞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻤﻰ ) اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣ ﺔ اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿ ﺔ( ﻹﺗﻤ ﺎم ﺗﻠ ﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺎ ً ‪.‬‬ ‫‪7.7.4- Government to Consumer (G-to-C or G2C):‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺒﺎدل اﻟﺘﺠﺎري ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ واﻟﻤﺴﺘﮭﻠﻚ‪:‬ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺠﺎرة اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺔ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﮭﻠﻚ واﻹدارة اﻟﻤﺤﻠﯿﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜ ﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﯿ ﺔ دﻓ ﻊ اﻟﻔ ﻮاﺗﯿﺮ ﺣﯿ ﺚ ﺗ ﺘﻢ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿ ﺎ ً ﺑ ﺪون اﻟﺤﺎﺟ ﺔ ﻷن ﯾﻘ ﻮم اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﮭﻠﻚ ﺑﻤﺮاﺟﻌ ﺔ اﻟ ﺪواﺋﺮ اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﯿ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪7.7.5- Consumer to consumer(C-to-C or C2C):One consumer sells directly‬‬ ‫‪to another‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺒﺎدل اﻟﺘﺠﺎري ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﮭﻠﻜﯿﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﮭﻢ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﺔ اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺠﺎرة اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺔ ذات اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺒﺴﯿﻂ‬ ‫ﯾﺸﻤﻞ ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺠﺎرة اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﺮوﯾﺞ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻊ واﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت‪ ،‬إﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟ ﻰ اﻹﻋ ﻼن واﻟﺪﻋﺎﯾ ﺔ ﻟﺘﻠ ﻚ اﻟﺴ ﻠﻊ‬ ‫واﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﯿﮭﺎ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ وﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺒﯿﻊ‪ .‬وﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ اﻟﺘﺠﺎرة اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺔ ذات اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺒﺴﯿﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ‬ ‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻊ واﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت وﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻏﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﺎدﯾﺔ ﻣﻨﮭﺎ‪ ،‬إﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﯾﻼت اﻟﺒﺴﯿﻄﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﻮال وذﻟﻚ ﻋ ﻦ‬ ‫طﺮﯾﻖ ﺑﻮاﺑﺎت اﻟﺪﻓﻊ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺠﺎرة اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺔ ذات اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪم‬ ‫ﯾﺮﻛﺰ ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت وإﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺪﻓﻊ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎ ً ذات ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﯾﺤﺘﺎج‬ ‫إﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﻋﯿﺔ ﻛﺒﯿﺮة ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﻌ ﺎﻣﻠﯿﻦ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ھ ﺬا اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻮى‪ .‬وﺗﻌﺘﺒ ﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﯿ ﺎت اﻟ ﺪﻓﻊ ‪-‬ﺳ ﻮاء ﻛﺎﻧ ﺖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻮى‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ أو اﻟﻮطﻨﻲ أو اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ‪ -‬ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت ذات ﺗﻄﻮر ﻣﺘﻘﺪم وﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻰ أﺧﺬ اﻟﺤﯿﻄﺔ واﻟﺤﺬر ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬا‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى‪.‬‬

‫‪7.8 E-commerce features:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺟﮭﺎت اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺔ‪Electronic storefront‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺑﺎت اﻟﺘﺴﻮق‪Shopping cart‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺰادات اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮة‪Online auction‬‬

‫‪97‬‬



References: 

Ralph M. Stair, George W. Reynolds,” Principles of Information Systems”, 6th edition, Thomson, ISBN: 981-243-510-7.



Gary B. Shelly, Thomas J. Cashman, Misty E. Vermaat, “Discovering Computers”, Thomsin, ISBN: 1-4188-5956-7



H.L Capron, J.A Johnson, "Computers- Tools for an Information Age", Eighth Edition, prentice Hall.



Lary Long, Nancy Long, "Computers", Seventh Edition, prentice Hall.



James A. O’BRIEN, “Introduction to Information Syste ms”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 12th edition, ISBN 0-07-058971-2.



Diane Routhier Graf, Betty L. Schroeder, “ Office Systems And Technology”, Pearson, 5th edition, ISBN: 0-13-114549-5.


98


Test Bank

MCQ: 1. How many Americans have personal computers in their homes as we begin the 21st century? a. 25% b. 33% c. 50% d. 75% 2.

How many Americans use personal computers at work as we begin the 21st century? a. fewer than 25% b. 25%50‫ؤ‬% c. 50%75‫ؤ‬% d. more than 75%

3.

Which of the following is NOT part of your text's definition of computer literacy? a. awareness b. interaction c. knowledge d. programming

4.

In terms of computer literacy, "interaction" means a. using word processing software. b. using a simple chat program. c. responding to email. d. all of the above.

5.

The three fundamental characteristics of computers are a. speed, storage capability, variety of applications. b. reliability, speed, storage capability. c. cost effectiveness, speed, variety of applications. d. cost effectiveness, reliability, storage capability.


99


6.

The fundamental characteristic of computers most relevant to the service we expect when we make a bank withdrawal, telephone call, or obtain stock quotes is a. reliability. b. speed. c. storage capability. d. variety of applications.

7.

According to your text, the by-products resulting from the three fundamental characteristics of computers are a. cost reduction, Internet use, and productivity. b. communications, data analysis, and decision making. c. data analysis, Internet use, and productivity. d. cost reduction, decision making, and productivity.

8.

Computers help to reduce the costs of goods and services in our economy due to a. speed and reliability. b. storage capability and productivity. c. decision making and speed. d. productivity and decision making.

9.

Which of the following energy-related tasks are NOT done with the use of computers? a. Recording home and business energy use b. Monitoring power networks c. Locating oil, natural gas, coal and uranium d. All of the above tasks use computers

10.

Your mother just bought a new car. Which of the following aspects of how her car functions are monitored by computers? a. Electrical system functioning b. Temperature levels c. Fluid levels d. All of the above

11.

Maria Hernandez owns and operates a strawberry farm and fresh air cafe. Customers pick their own strawberries and can have them prepared fresh in strawberry shortcake at the cafe. Which of the following computer uses are relevant to Maria?


100


a. b. c. d.

Determining feed combinations Gathering information about livestock breeding and performance Determining cost per acre All of the above

12.

TV and movies have featured technology where miniaturized craft and humans travel through the human body to study body functioning and perform needed "repairs." Robots a. can travel through the bloodstream today. b. will be able to travel through the bloodstream in the next year or two. c. will be able to travel through the bloodstream in five to seven years. d. are unlikely to be able to travel through the bloodstream in less than 10 years.

13.

Which aspect of "where computers are used" is most relevant to the availability of telecommuting as an option for workers? a. Robotics b. Connectivity c. Graphics d. Government

14.

Your six year old niece wanted a special doll for her birthday. You went online and ordered one with the same eye, skin, and hair color as your niece. This doll is an example of a. a product available online only. b. online advertising. c. mass customization. d. all of the above.

15.

According to your text, the most important component of a computer system is a. hardware. b. software. c. people. d. all of the above.

16.

The step-by-step instructions that direct a computer to find your school's website are called a. hardware. b. a program.


101


c. an input device. d. network tools.

17.

Computer controlled factory equipment makes it possible to a. readjust assembly lines quickly b. reduce the number of employees by half c. increase profits by 20% on average d. all of the above

18.

The main aspects of data handling required for a computer to function are a. input, processing, output, and storage. b. input, data analysis, reports, and connectivity. c. processing, connectivity, speed, and a variety of programs. d. connectivity, input, output, and speed.

19.

The computer hardware that accepts commands in a form that the computer can use is called a(n) a. storage device. b. input device. c. output device. d. processor.

20.

Each of the members of your history class project team has written a section of the required paper. Which secondary storage device should be used to provide all this information to the team member who will compile the entire paper? a. Printer b. E-mail attachment c. Diskette d. All of the above are suitable secondary storage devices

21.

Using a computer word processor to do a report for school differs from using an electric typewriter to prepare your report in that a. you can input the text of your report using something other than a keyboard. b. you can output your report to your instructor without printing it on paper. c. you can easily produce another copy for your instructor if you drop the original in the mud on the way to class.


102


d. all of the above.

22.

In addition to typing, data can be input to a computer by a. speaking. b. pointing. c. looking. d. all of the above.

23.

Laser beams are used to read input from a. wand readers. b. flatbed scanners. c. optical mice. d. all of the above.

24.

Standard student services offered on computer by colleges include registration and a. applications for financial aid. b. unlimited access to music downloads. c. class attendance via webcam. d. none of the above.

25.

The most widely used input device is a. a mouse. b. a keyboard. c. a scanner. d. speech-recognition.

26.

One of your classmates was injured in an accident and broke both wrists. Which input device will he need to use in the computer lab until he has recovered? a. Mouse b. Keyboard c. Scanner d. Speech-recognition

27.

Which of the following is NOT true of computer books? a. They allow you to electronically "dog-ear" pages b. They allow you to add your own notes c. They allow you to look up unfamiliar terms in a dictionary d. They are as inexpensive as conventional paper books


103


28.

The processor is also known as a. RAM. b. the CPU. c. secondary storage. d. an input device.

29.

CPU stands for a. Code Protection Unit. b. Critical Path Unit. c. Central Processing Unit. d. None of the above.

30.

The portion of the computer that actually transforms data into information is called a. the CPU. b. memory. c. a diskette. d. all of the above.

31.

Information is data that is a. organized, meaningful, and useful. b. cost-effective, organized, and meaningful. c. useful, cost-effective, and accurate. d. factual, logical, and verifiable.

32.

Computer memory is also known as a. a CPU. b. primary storage. c. secondary storage. d. a hard disk.

33.

Which of the following statements about computer memory holding data is true? a. after it is input, but before it is processed. b. after is has been processed, but before it has been released to the output device. c. both a and b are correct. d. none of the above.


104


34.

After playing a computer game for over two hours, you have finally started working on your African Culture term paper and your Business Statistics spreadsheet. Your mother wants to check her email. She has announced that if you do not let her use the computer in 10 minutes, she will unplug it when you least expect it. You work for another 9 minutes and turn the mouse over to her, because if she unplugs the computer a. you will lose any data not saved to a secondary storage device. b. you will lose your entire term paper. c. you will lose your entire spreadsheet. d. all of the above.

35.

Which of the following statements about the contents of computer memory is true? a. Computer memory holds data and programs b. Computer memory holds programs only c. Computer memory holds data only d. None of the above

36.

What is the computer's "whole reason for being"? a. Input b. Output c. Gaming and e-mail d. Processing

37.

Raw data that has been processed by the computer is known as a. numeric data. b. textual data. c. alphanumeric data. d. information.

38.

Secondary storage is required because a. primary storage holds data and programs only temporarily. b. primary storage is not sufficiently fast. c. laptops cannot have primary storage. d. all of the above.

39.

The most common form of secondary storage for personal computers are a. magnetic tape. b. optical disk drives.


105


c. magnetic disks. d. RAM. 40.

Which of the following statements is true of optical disk drives? a. CD-ROMs are optical disk drives b. DVD-ROMs are optical disk drives c. Diskettes are optical disk drives d. Both CD-ROMs and DVD-ROMs are optical disk drives

41.

The hardware devices that are attached to the computer are called a. central processing units. b. primary storage devices. c. peripheral equipment. d. backup devices.

42.

Which of the following is NOT usually a piece of peripheral equipment? a. Mouse b. Keyboard c. Monitor d. CPU

43.

The four elements of a computer system are a. networks, printers, CPU, and software. b. input, processing, output, and storage. c. networks, RAM, output, and secondary storage. d. input, processing, output, and peripherals.

44.

The term LAN stands for a. Logical Access Network. b. Local Audio Network. c. Limited Access Network. d. Local Area Network.

45.

In this type of network, personal computers are connected within an office. a. WAN b. LAN c. Internet d. Web site

46.

The devices that enable personal computers to be interconnected via


106


phone lines are called a. modems. b. LANs. c. Internets. d. all of the above. 47.

Two employees from a local computer store have played computer games together for years. They connected their computers together directly by running appropriate hardware from one house to the other, over the fence that separates the houses. The system they are using is called a. the Internet. b. a LAN. c. broadband. d. a web site.

48.

The largest and most far-flung network system is called a. the Matrix. b. the Internet. c. the Intranet. d. ARPAnet.

49.

Who owns the Internet? a. United States Government b. Microsoft c. The World Trade Organization d. No one owns the Internet

50.

Which of the following statements about who is allowed to connect to the Internet is true? a. Only those authorized by the U.S. government may connect b. Only those with a URL ending in .com may connect c. Schools, colleges and government organizations may connect, but not individuals d. Anyone with the capacity to hook up may connect to the Internet

51.

What does TCP/IP stand for? a. Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol b. Transport Capture Protocol/Intranet Protocol c. Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Packet d. Telecommunications Connection Protocol/Internet Protocol


107


52.

The term ISP stands for a. Internet Surfing Provider. b. Information Service Provider. c. Internet Service Provider. d. Interactive Systems Producer.


108


53. Software that allows the use of a mouse to point and click on screen text or pictures, to explore the Internet is called a(n) a. menu. b. toolbar. c. ISP. d. browser. 54.

The main page of a web site is also known as the a. front page. b. home page. c. URL. d. hyperlink.

55.

Which government agency sponsored the development of an e-mail capture system, originally named Carnivore, for law enforcement? a. FBI b. CIA c. NSA d. None of the above

56.

Users planning to spend substantial time developing graphic images, performing heavy-duty calculations, or playing action-oriented arcadestyle games should consider purchasing this kind of computer. a. Net computer b. Low-end computer c. Cutting-edge computer d. Mainframe computer

57.

A limited piece of hardware with a CPU and minimal memory, offered with Internet access in mind is called a a. net computer. b. workstation. c. personal computer. d. mainframe computer.

58.

Which of the following statements is true when comparing notebook and desktop computers with the same relative performance and capabilities? a. Notebook computers are more expensive than desktop computers b. Notebook computers are less expensive than desktop computers c. Notebook computers are about the same price as desktop computers


109


d. Relative costs depend almost entirely on the brands purchased 59.

Which of the following places computers in the correct order, from smallest to largest? a. Laptop, personal digital assistant, notebook, pocket PC b. Personal digital assistant, pocket PC, notebook, laptop c. Laptop, notebook, pocket PC, personal digital assistant d. Notebook, personal digital assistant, laptop, pocket PC

60.

Which of the following is NOT a modification made to a laptop computer to qualify it as "ruggedized"? a. Sealed keyboard to keep out liquids b. Dust-resistant external connectors c. Plastic exterior d. Disk drives mounted in gel

61.

Which of the following is NOT likely to need or use the services of a mainframe computer? a. Bank b. Insurance company c. Government accounting services d. Local florist shop

62.

Large servers are likely to be hosted on a. mainframe computers. b. personal computers. c. workstations. d. laptop computers.

63.

For many years, access to supercomputers was mostly restricted to which of the following? a. State and local governments b. Pharmaceutical research firms c. Internet Service Providers d. Federal government agencies

64.

Which of the following statements about being an informed consumer of the Internet is true? a. The Internet is solely a technical challenge, not a social or ethical one b. Critical thinking skills are relatively unimportant, given the size of


110


the Web c. One of the best methods of learning about the Internet is exploring it yourself d. The Internet is a highly regulated, global information exchange True and False: 1. The Internet is a loosely organized global collection of smaller networks. a. True b. False 2.

The explosive growth of personal computers and networks has spelled the demise of "big iron" computers. a. True b. False

3.

The stated purpose of the Carnivore system was to collect e-mail and Web page views to combat terrorism and drug dealers. a. True b. False

4.

Most errors resulting from computer use are the result of hardware problems. a. True b. False

5.

Law Enforcement agencies use computer modeling to determine the probability that a suspect committed a crime, such as rape. a. True b. False

6.

Your textbook was tracked from the time it was printed until you purchased it by use of a bar code on the back cover. a. True b. False

7.

Research on the relative effectiveness of physicians and computers in correctly diagnosing heart attacks has demonstrated that this is one of the areas where humans are better than computers. a. True b. False


111


8.

Members of the animal rights group, PETA, are likely to be great fans of increased computer use in animal research because computer models increasingly substitute for animals in research. a. True b. False

9.

Input is processed into output by both software and hardware. a. True b. False

10.

A classic scene in the fourth Star Trek movie shows Scotty (the Chief Engineer) attempting to input data by speaking commands to the computer. This scene would still be appropriate today, since voice input is not possible. a. True b. False

11.

Computer memory holds data even after the computer's power is shut off. a. True b. False

12.

In order to be computer literate, you must be able to program in at least one language. a. True b. False

13.

Computers help to reduce the costs of goods and services in our economy by helping hold down the costs of labor, energy, and paperwork. a. True b. False

14.

Will always does better in classes where he can "learn by doing." Using a word processor and spreadsheet in a computer lab should help him do better in this class. a. True b. False

15.

Computer training using simulations, such as flight simulators, is


112


typically regarded by students as fun, but such training costs more than typical flight training. a. True b. False 16.

In modern computers, the processor is often located in a peripheral device. a. True b. False

17.

The major problem with computer books is that they are still quite heavy, weighing over 5 pounds. a. True b. False

18.

You can produce output from a computer using film, voice, and music. a. True b. False

19.

Secondary storage devices such as DVD-ROMs and ZIP drives are increasingly used for backup purposes, or data insurance due to the high cost of magnetic tape. a. True b. False

20.

A modem is a system that uses communications equipment to connect computers and their resources, such as printers. a. True b. False

21.

The comprehensive index that tells you where information is available on the Internet is maintained by the U.S. Government. a. True b. False

22.

The home page of a website is the page that was developed first. a. True b. False

23.

Net computers are becoming increasingly popular, because they have hard drives and cost a lot less than typical "cheap" personal computers.


113


a. True b. False 24.

PDA, Pocket PC, and pen-based computers are all terms for the same hardware. a. True b. False

25.

The Internet, the World Wide Web, and the Web are all terms for the same network system. a. True b. False

Fill in the blank: 1. ___________ use computer-generated graphics to provide a visual walk-through to prospective clients. 2.

Input, processing, output and storage are the four main aspects of ____________.

3.

The processor executes computer instructions and is also known as the _______.

4.

The traditional cornerstones of an economy are land, labor, and capital. As we have moved beyond the Industrial Age, we have added a fourth economic cornerstone, ______.

5.

The ___________ aspect of computer literary addresses the importance, versatility, and pervasiveness of computers in society.

6.

The three aspects of computer literacy, as discussed by your text, are ___________, ___________, and ___________.

7.

The three fundamental characteristics of computers are __________, _____________, and ____________.

8.

The three by-products of the fundamental characteristics of computers are _____________, ________________, and __________________.

9.

The three ways computers are used in cars are to _____________,


114


_____________, and _______________. 10.

Meter readers use ________________ to record how much energy is used each month in homes and businesses.

11.

Computers are increasingly used for agricultural purposes. Cattle ranchers use computers for ____________.

12.

An unpleasant or dangerous job that robots have taken over from humans is _________.

13.

The three main components of a computer system are _____________, ___________, and ________________.

14.

A computer is a machine that can be programmed to accept _______________.

15.

Primary storage, which is also called _________, holds data and programs only temporarily.

16.

A(n) _______ is an input device that consists of a keyboard, screen display and some method of connection to a computer.

17.

An output device that varies its form of display to include text, numbers, art, photographs and even video is called a(n) ______.

18.

Input, output and secondary storage devices are examples of ___________.

19.

The computers in an office are networked together, allowing employees to communicate with one another using a(n) __________.

20.

The Internet subset consisting of text, images, and sounds linked together is called the _________.

21.

The main page of a Web site is called the ______.

22.

The WebTV is the best known ______, which has a CPU and minimal memory, and is intended to provide easy Internet access.

23.

A(n) ______ is a handheld computer that can help you keep track of


115


appointments and other business information. 24.

______ are large computers that are capable of processing billions of instructions per second.

25.

Members of the military, construction engineers, and oil rig managers are among those who use ____ computers that have titanium alloy cases, sealed keyboards and dust-resistant external connections.

26.

____ were initially used only by the federal government, and can process trillions of instructions per second.

27.

_____ are the people who buy and use computer software.

Short Questions 1.

Distinguish between data and information in the context of computers. Give an example of each.

2.

Computers always contain the components of input, processing, output and secondary storage. Give an example of input, output, processing and storage when the computer is used for word processing.

3.

Name, and briefly describe, three pieces of personal computer peripheral equipment.

4.

Consider a supercomputer and a personal digital assistant (PDA). Name at least three important dimensions on which these two families of computers differ.

5.

Name, and briefly describe, one application or problem that you believe requires a supercomputer for a solution. Why do you think that this problem is not appropriate for a less capable computer?


116


Questions Answers: MCQ Answers 1. c 2. c 3. d 4. d 5. b 6. b 7. d 8. d 9. d 10. d 11. c 12. a 13. b 14. c 15. c 16. b 17. a 18. a 19. b 20. c 21. d 22. d 23. a 24. a 25. b 26. d 27. d 28. b 29. c 30. a 31. a 32. b

33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64.

c a a b d d c d c d b d b a b b d d a c d b a c a a b c d a d c

2.

False

True and False Answers 1.

True


117


3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

True False True True False True False False False False True True

Fill in the blank Answers 1. Architects 2. data handling 3. central processing unit ‫ؤ‬ CPU 4. information 5. awareness 6. awareness, knowledge, interaction 7. speed, reliability, storage capability 8. productivity, cost reduction, decision making 9. monitor fluid levels, temperatures, electrical systems 10. handheld computers (Ch. 1, WHERE COMPUTERS ARE USED) 11. gathering information about livestock breeding and performance 12. dealing with bombs or suspected bombs, dangerous/exhausting factory work 13. hardware, software, people 14. data or input


15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25.

False False False True False False False False False False False

15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22.

memory terminal screen or monitor peripheral equipment LAN or local area network World Wide Web, Web homepage consumer net computer or net box personal digital assistant or PDA Mainframes ruggedized Supercomputers End-users or Users

23. 24. 25. 26. 27.

118


Short Question Answers 1. A good answer here should indicate that data is the raw material which must be processed into information. The answer must point out that information is data that has become organized and meaningful. Data is less interesting than information because it is not as useful. Appropriate examples include, but are not limited to: Data is a student score, but a class average is information. Knowing that the mouse is at x = 500, y = 200 is data, but knowing that the mouse is on the icon for Microsoft Word is information. (Ch. 1, YOUR PERSONAL COMPUTER HARDWARE, The Processor and Memory: Data Manipulation)

2.

Inputs for word processing include: the keyboard, the mouse, wand reader, bar code reader, flatbed scanner, or sheet-fed scanner, speech-recognition software, devices for access by the physically challenged (e.g. special switches), or Processing includes: Displaying typed letters on the monitor, Spell-checking, Indenting, formatting, and so forth Output could be one or more of: Text on the monitor, Text on the printer, Voice output Sending the document via e-mail Storage would be used for:

3.

Saving the document, Storing the text as it is typed, Making a backup copy A diskette used to transport the text from one computer to another (Ch. 1, YOUR PERSONAL COMPUTER HARDWARE) Among the many possible correct answers: Printers, modems, keyboards, mice, scanners, readers, speakers, sensors. Answers mentioning components almost always included in the main computer


119

Fundamentals of Information Technology Hand Book English / Arabic housing of a personal computer, such as RAM memory, expansion cards, the CPU, a power supply and so forth should be scored as incorrect. Many secondary storage devices, e.g., magnetic tape drives, Zip disks, and external CD-ROM and DVD-ROM drives could be classified as peripherals and scored as correct here, if it is clear that they are external to the main computer housing. (Ch. 1, YOUR PERSONAL COMPUTER HARDWARE, The Complete Hardware System) 4.

Possible correct answers: Different price (supercomputers are much more expensive) Different performance (trillions of operations per second versus millions) Different user communities (scientific and government versus businessmen, students) Different physical sizes (only the PDA is likely to be portable) Different ages (supercomputers have been around longer than PDAs) Different numbers of users (supercomputers are probably multi-user, PDA's single user)

5.

Other possibilities may be scored as correct if they contain adequate explanation of the proposed dimension(s). Answers that identify relevant dimensions but have the endpoints reversed, e.g. PDA physically larger than supercomputer, should not receive full credit. (Ch. 1, CLASSIFICATION OF COMPUTERS, sections Smaller Still: Handheld Computers and Supercomputers) Examples cited in the text include: Stock analysis, automobile design, special effects for movies, sophisticated artwork, worldwide weather forecasting and weapons research. Other possibilities include, but are not limited to: Calculating the orbits of stars and planets, many scientific simulations, searching for prime numbers, code breaking and human genome research. Acceptable answers to the "Why" portion of the question need not be lengthy, but should indicate an awareness that the problem is appropriate for supercomputers because it requires a large number of calculations, very complex calculations, very large amounts of data, or contains a large amount of "trial and error." For instance, special effects for movies may be created on supercomputers because of the required very high-resolution images, and large numbers of frames mean that many calculations are required. Poor or partial-credit answers either select problems that are much too simple and


120

Fundamentals of Information Technology Hand Book English / Arabic which even laypersons should realize are currently solved on smaller computers, or which name a problem but do not elaborate on the rationale for requiring the use of a supercomputer. Keeping the books for a small business is an example of a clearly wrong answer. (Ch. 1, CLASSIFICATION OF COMPUTERS, Supercomputers)


121